Home

Here`s the early version service manual if you need it

image

Contents

1.
2. INJEGTED AT ANT JACK INJECTED ANT JACK Je WITH 30dBm FILTER pa DETECTOR ini RECEIVER WUECTEO AT ANT JACK car ae az low 284 DG PARTOF n G 7 m BANDPASS FILTER L L L 3 4 16 14 8 11 10 8 0304 C306 H E ue LX ll Ti Le TT Tee We pie ue p senk 56 E 0269 T care Z maas a our our 16 51 3 77 bad gt RF IN 0201 AUDIO t L el les E wa i 7 n RSSI FB K m RSSI Out AE NE T P Tm E gu 2 PF unen 2 cass siin J oma gel wel ET 35 43 R243 028 avout 1 E s Rus SWBAT 1 o PP WITH 47880 ENS 0239 R233 INJECTED AT ANT JACK 10 S aug i pam Tas 52 I AN 1 T 9
3. 3 THESE CAPACITORS ARE pF 800 MHz 27 pF 900 MHz VSr Ver vss eM css I ge w SORE Base seo ner C L RECEIVER e M om de y WB 0189 ma 47 Em yra gi udin mn om ELL COMPONENT VALUES DETERMINED BY Kota tock S FREQUENCY RANGE 52 980 paa ART 45 MHz 989 me PART soo cm d M m CE 1 1 sane Ra Audio Oat 2 o cer me a N Lom 30 elf Veal er LM Ves UM QUAD AUDIO E 16 LU cm LI om org na a our our i 29 sanowassruren BANOPASSFILTER a m m v r suos i cass 39 180 WAVELENGTH 82 rj 5676 x deu casa NotUsed 15 zx an neue 125
4. PINTA JECTED ATANT JACK masr 1 Su wa 0 1v P P WITH 30d8m VER perecton RECEIVER cert aa NECTED AT ANT JACK Tut C298 R253 R254 AR 00 N em mos L ba BANDPASS FILTER 7 T 9 N I RA T L a 22 Jum mu 3 MIXER IF AMP ssi D p OSCE QUI LMI 151 GNDOUT Tus aw sr va A gaa L ems ORFSIGNAL JE 10 33 DIuFFROIUFFRO1uF 7 x0tuF av i ue 2 1 e Mem 1 BOARD R200 1200 2 ES 01V P P WITH 47880 ES p per INJEGTED AT ANT JACK t 224 WDEBAND X 1 pod C264 UNSW BAT Cans wx Wk leal D 75 moss NARROWBAND Unsw Bat 100 100 R204 WB cm 1238 73 ANN 4 1 E AAN 2202 E 4 E E cass ons cm cm o wB 7 ave cars come I I Ji I SYNTHESIZER DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER 0800 RB1BC R817 aot 16 1065 104 2 5 s Eo ve 1 bm idles
5. 5 saa mm Ign Sense y as gt v Rr ao fam Honk gt C LI 36 lan s senes n specu ACCESSORY ji mom 47 R100 p OE OTER 1 of 8 DECODER 15mV ms RF OV DC RF UNSO RRV DC RF UNSQ ag Poner Hoid gt 0100 I x T sums veo 15V mms tO RF TAV DC ING RF S NO RF 50 Power sw jp lal lal FIT s wor sm voc man sect 744138 AHNT REGISTER 4 m laai dand uos 14 5V 7 x e 7 1 J c ues T Ser Clock 3 16 50 E SQUELCH COMPARATOR 5 d 28 5V 4 BANDPASS FILTER _ N 8326 Sm e E T vas UA E eee sp ern 0012 pt sp 17 ae 0302 om Such 2 20 5V 10 up 9306 0 mie dps fas 1 kad 150 10k una i Tn Ver Rus Ras um VEG LowVoLTAGESENSE VEC ves S v r unte sls pose nd ua usos acy gt Fo R342 ums s cwm pen Es 14 50 7 Pon
6. REF OSC R208 C214 O R207 244 NI 286 R244 2275 0204 0206 E c266 10 211 298 R253 R297 RF BOARD LAYOUT 900 MHZ Febru
7. A 1 io i O E b d 526 521 R522 0528 e a I 5 R802 523 C520 8528 8858 8859 E 806 8860 R503 R500
8. R609 R608 J600 100 220k T R ATX 7 gt 13 6 RX L606 J603 610 eor 1 100 C650 CR603 5 Temperature lt C643 655 22 i 14 TR 39 T 33 0602 C652 RX RF OUT A ANTENNA SWITCH 4 C604 0603 3658 30 oy en 1 C651 1 777 77 777 777 22 1 7 TX 8 Forward Power lt 0 RX R606 DIRECTIONAL R604 77 ook COUPLER 100 To J501 On PEE HARMONIC FILTER RF Board C649 CR602 R605 SUPPLY V MINUS 24V kal C648 330 L603 L604 L602 J601 Current Sense R607 1907 JI T 1 7 T 6 lt 75k Antenna CER C614 C625 C620 C621 C622 C623 C624 C618 C626 C619 C628 C629 C630 i pss 25 68 CR601 100 27 7527 7527 7554 7547 7547 7556 7556 7551 753 9 7539 7522 R603 220k 1 7 7 7 177 R602 220k Unsw Bat Out 2 lt CURRENT SENSE C602 75 68 UNSW BAT lt gt UNSW i C601 C600 T 470 D 97800 177 277 277 Y e 3A AT 40W R600 C608 al C607 L600 100 I D 6 8uF A533 AA W602 03 Stabilization Board T 1 777 177 MIS ips k C605 606 EP601 R2 C EP600 82 100 5 C631 33 C616 C612 C613 NI cens ceto 4t 2 47 FINALAMP 2 0105 AS 100 21601 lt 8614 lt REIS lt 616 es N 330 33
9. S amp Q500 pow F500 Hog s S 10 suono E m umb 5 K L SFIS 8 cesa 8530 s Sm m 8 18 8544 8 N 518 gt OS nsi asi lt k SEE 8 5 E 81919 227 9108 15 LO E BIZ r5 2 5 C22 8209 uc c 1201 o 2 n 225 F 524 525 5 20 pozg 6228 Q 15 0513 3 B lid S eig 050 paso Xr res SIS S BF ni SI zh TII SI 18 fs 18 SEIE ECCE al 9 E ol 6 888 9 b R501 2 foa Ler Ler 1503 SE 8 5 oy 8 E 2 8 8 men C224 N oO N S EBBE I 18 R50d s 3 3 0504 2 5 2 2 5 C223 5 ee lt R801 5 2 5 0547 2 ET 2 3 8 4 S p 8222 0523 post 8 8 880 P R814 S C250 R221 2575 1 9500 2 2 Reid Sa S E R809 o 0559 eli 48 BB 1999 ki 2519 516 930 3 50 Reog med 6 4 8 css 9 R219 R210 R215 R515 6502 050 R508 2 2 8 E 6 ps 0568 R543 1207 21 21 248 217 6504 5 R22d 022 m C24 3 19 C518 ic 2020 0255 alls JE 910 3 R214 ale 2 N 8 6849 Hf ce 10 T a 6 B 854 me gg CES paa amp 8 1220 8212 g O ce lt R522529 0905 N
10. INJECTED AT ANT JACK INJECTED ANT JACK os m S S waz Za 55 SECOND MIXER cena 10 WITH 300Bm FILTER pes DETECTOR TT RECEIVER gales INJECTED AT ANT JACK T sm Ea ba me 5 cus cus SAN 45 Mie CRYSTAL FILTER OM 7 BANDPASS FILTER sour ER E S ee E 2048 i H u w lo os BANDPASS FLTER E dis 3 SS MEN cass 1205 2s E Je FAP UMN Voc oU 00 umo cm cat 2 NC ai les coo LA caro L om 5 nm i our OUT i E ca T I 5 ET T krn iur L L L 3 i C243 R258 H H H T cm em com Lon ze E ni E EV d an a og 3 ogs TAT Tee T T 2 E om a 20 3 s NORFSIGNAL om cem cae com Lee can sia En TT vu ome 1 TT Le I 1 Ji osver o p oe aasa pe 6 on eee 1 7 Le 5 nus SWBAT 1 o e m WITH 47880 Gade ed cow 7 woesano naa INJECTED AT ANT JACK bi 33 1s ES p crave cus i i ds T T 206 1 me 20 p e PA us TA m i I no m 100 sd 100 8204 w FILTER R239 NARROWBAND Unsw Bat Out I 1 1 seier Sin 0 om 4 zane Ris i E FIRST INJECTION A
11. 631 630 A533 2619 Stablization W502 W505 J601 ANTENNA JACK A20 POWER JACK PA BOARD LAYOUT 30W 800 900 MHZ 6 32 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001
12. savnes e me DRE pekere M 64 1 1 3 1 LTR Low Tier and Data Models 1 1 Circuit Protection 3 1 TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION 1 1 Synthesizer e DESSERT 3 1 Generali ioo b 4d e RARUS dae Id 1 1 Audio Logic Board 3 1 Available Frequency Bands 1 1 Receiver roc toot here EE Ss 3 2 Front and Remote Mounting 1 2 Transmitter ve jan KEMI v e ER s 3 2 NPSPAC Models 800 MHz Only 1 2 3 2 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND SWITCHING 3 2 Programming 1 2 Power Switching Control 3 2 Transceiver 1 2 Supply Switching 3 2 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN 1 2 3 3 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD DIGITAL CIRCUIT 3 4 TRANSCEIVER IDENTIFICATION 1 3 Microcontroller 0101 3 4 1 3 Memory and Latch Programming 3 6 PRODUCT WARRANTY 1 4 3 4 RECEIVE AUDIO DATA PROCESSING 3 7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE 1 4 Amplifier 301 3 7 FACTORY RETURNS 1 5 Receive Audio 3 7 REPLACEMENT PARTS 1 5 Receive Data 3 8 INTERNET HOME PAGE 1 5 Sguelch Circuit U304
13. uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 10 uF 25V tantalum smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 047 X7R 10 50V cer smd 018 uF X7R 10 cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 1 uF 10 16V 50V cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 018 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uF 10 16V 50V smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 018 uF X7R 410 50V cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 018 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uF 10 16V 50V smd 01 uF X7R 310 50V cer smd 56 pF 10 50V high q smd 4 pF 250V mini mica 30W 800 900 MHz models 1 uF 10 16V 50V cer smd PARTS LIST 510 4064 471 510 3605 103 510 3601 390 510 2627 100 510 4064 471 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 800 900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 1 uF 10 16V 50V smd 1 0 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 56 pF 10 50V high g smd 1 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 12 pF 590 NPO 50V smd 3 9 pF 1090 50V high smd 7 5 pF 10 50V high q smd 7 5 pF 10 50V high q smd 3 9 pF 1090 50V high smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 15W 800 MHz 30W 900 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 15W 900 MHz 56 pF 10 50V high g smd 30W 800 MHz 39 pF 5 NPO 50V
14. SERVICE MANUAL 984X Series UHF 988X Series 800 MEL 989X Series 900 MHz 25 or 40 Watts UHF 15 or 30 Watts 800 900 MHz 13 6 VDC Part No 242 98 Remote Mount EFJohnson First Printing January 2001 51 E EFJohnson 98xx SERIES FM TWO WAY RADIO SERVICE MANUAL 13 6 VDC 25 or 40 Watts UHF 15 or 30 Watts 800 900 MHz Part No 242 984x 2xx UHF Part No 242 988x 2xx 800 MHz Part No 242 989x 2xx 900 MHz Copyright O 2001 by the E F Johnson Company The E F Johnson Company which was founded in 1923 provides wireless communication Systems solutions for public safety government and commercial customers The company designs manufactures and markets conventional and trunked radio systems mobile and portable subscriber radios repeaters and Project 25 digital radio products Viking Head EFJohnson logo LTR LTR Net Multi Net and Call Guard are trademarks of the E F Johnson Company SMARTNETTM and SmartZone are trademarks of Motorola Inc All other company and or product names used in this manual are trademarks and or reg istered trademarks of their respective manufacturer Information in this manual is subject to change without notice 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL INFORMATION 3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION SCOPE OF MANUAL 1 1 31 GENERAL TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION 3 1
15. UONEINPOIN XL py 1 9INPOIN ODA JejeosaJd 99 79 Jeyldwuy 104005 ODA 908n J9ZISOULUAS ZHN 098 71 DI 2 vogn ZHI St bald XH 19114 9118492 ZH 097 2022 Jed Zp OSP ZHW 5022 9022 puooes JSMSAU YIUMS uonoefu luos u ZHIN 058771 aadu 04U00 Aouanbau4q 9021 7021 1914 ssedpueg ZHI St bald XH 2020 1815410 JOXIIN 1104 ZHIN Sb J9Al920H OLISSY pg OL oipny jauueyo XL t dwy Buwwns 1284 isn py E DOE 008n NE 70 pg oiBo oipny 011400 HIUS 1 Aouenbal4 lt 1027 0021 29114 ssedpueg 1 Aouanbau4 Figure 3 7 RF Block Diagram 800 900 MHz Models February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 3 23 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION VCO to the center of the operating band when the control voltage is at its midpoint The output signal on the collector of Q902 is coupled by C911 to a buffer amplifier formed by Q901 and Q903 This is a shared bias amplifier which provides amplification and also iso
16. 22 2 2 6 33 Board 6 34 1 1 1 2 1 3 241 4 1 4 2 2 1 2 2 2 4 2 5 2 6 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 4 1 LIST OF TABLES Part Number Breakdown 1 2 Identification Number Breakdown 1 3 98xx Accessories 1 3 Data Cable Wire 2 8 Ceramic SMD Capacitor Identification 4 2 SMD Inductor Identification 4 3 LIST OF FIGURES Front Mount Installation Components 2 1 Remote Mount Installation Components 2 3 Accessory Cable Installation 2 4 Accessory Cable Connector 2 5 R170 Location Diagram 2 5 Data Cable Installation 001 Cable Shown 2 7 Power Distribution and Switching Power On Off Control 3 3 Audio Data Processing Circuitry Block Diagram 3 8 RF Block Diagram UHF Models 3 13 Synthesizer Chip U804 Block Diagram 3 16 Limiter Detector U201 Block Diagram 3 18 RF Block Diagram 800 900 MHz Models 3 23 Simplified Synthesizer Block Diagram 4 3 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION 1 GENERAL INFORMATION 1 1 SCOPE OF MANUAL 1 1 1 GENERAL This service manual contains installation and service information for all current 9800 series mobile transceivers These include the UHF 984x 800 MHz 988x and 900 MHz 989x models
17. M TR 1 i UNSW BAT 1 1 ET 1y npt Power fas DIRECTIONAL 2 per C i SY i Eo SUPPLY MINUS 24V p Pi dm I 2 d 1 2 RX 050 Ly Current Sense IT 154109 I Eas ae cee lun um nm om eme m mm nan 9552 a l W 27 2527 7527 amp 1 7547 RAT 58 2556 7551 7339 7522 ehe noe csse ne 1450TX s TE a So s ies id i s pod FR 9 or cse source bod me Dr Moren 183 0FF 7 cen 106 UNSW BAT m Misa ai 1 12 9 OFF Ri 2 T N CURRENT SENSE i i 2A AT MAX POWER m LOS MA ner L 1 les TT panen i ona T AX TF 1 UNSW c60 11 Jack i ns 43 oss Tosso i osat zs C500 R gt 54 toa i av 75 40 OF i i d EXCITER E 5 war i 13 7 OFF 1 m tern osia ER s 8600 H SWEAT z25mA T F tour wars i J 2 B ceos d i FIRST AMP dd R521 SECOUND AMP THIRD AMP Ere E 100 T T d I VY Ie Paon css 61 1 A7 FINAL AMP E E ae L E gt SH om JJ N gt 2 F ceis 2 s 20 72 2530 75 33 sin i ad 15 22 334 1053 nd TT i
18. gt 4 sune MA A900 VCO MODULE us N n E i s i ale sl m AMPLIFIER vawave v 1 Al SAVONS 1 M LENGTH onm i Taie i 5 j i ass i A cos 1903 lt Rooz i p i ono G mE mim i 124 RF Strobe In 2 SYNTHESIZER RE n 1 mm kad I P 1 1 REF OSCILLATOR OF FR 100 1 a 5 8807 500 MHz 988x 400 mV rms 0804 1 0 Rm G cars os EET i m p T 1 vans om nn P de Kon in Pr 1 2 MS on 8 0 Rx 4 7 MOD IN 12 Ih 14 In 4 8850 15 2 R858 i Rett 100 eno case Turing Um Z i ri End 8 G cus i S Temeswiron 504 lR Data n D us duo os 3 W L 7 M d aasan L anat asmo d fo Ngay BOND 3516 q 3 Lock Detect n 1 we 98 raas a b 1 engen pum iQ mess i SMET REGISTER EET E ss sv REGULATOR source X CONERTER 1 U502 EN sot ilk Vane sent i sfn vow of d ra da i para eur dr 15W POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD sides x i i ps Rx POWER CONTROL UNSW PDT H 10k R500 CURRENT BAT 1 H mad Res i
19. smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 X7R 10 SOV smd all others 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 12 pF NPO 5 cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 X7R 10 SOV smd all others 510 3601 101 510 3606 104 510 2627 100 510 3601 101 510 3606 104 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 2627 100 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3615 221 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3601 120 510 3605 103 Description 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd all others 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd all others 51 pF 5 NPO 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 43 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 56 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 250V mini mica revised 430 470 MHz 11 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 39 pF 250V mini mica revis
20. SENSE IE st N i 102 ons oy ltenpeann me nme per cse Lss W nim i Pa r H AMETS A A nen bg cess ieri mS y 0200 it 101600 Mt i ROMA ED l F SUPPLY SWITCHING SOURCE 310 Tx R507 30 1 SWEAT SVREGULATOR uczsuns E Rx ons i 14 1 M cum om _ p mE EN d EN m vi avr Gus ossi ons Ere 77 Hagl 1 86 i D w 2 1 i 55 r E a vas i Tou AR aro RAT F av Te switch creas oL i I 2 vait F r eet 20 Td m i C I el C i ARE por Rens i mis Wen Var E mm S 1 100k 0613 0 1 OFF pst R604 1 E 5 Pc EU AW om om i i 2 om n r Ta mwm N E E EMEN EMI PATER i e L 40 or va UM E ee ns 1 39 bee i nor tao e SAMO ay at MAK PWR i i L G se n 0868 1 H H HH HH H T i 3512 7 i i T i A 1 s i o Iw om al wf i Wee _ CT om 7 v r LEM LP MCI em H i i Wd selen i i i i 5 i s PREDRIVER EXCITER AR 9 TT 1 5 EP600 5 H T NOTES 1500 1 2 br oe Lose Je i E og 1 ALL RESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN dx DRIV
21. Interface Board HW701 2 Display Board A400 MP705 FRONT PANEL EXPLODED VIEW February 2001 5 31 Part No 001 9800 001 Power Amplifier Board HWO001 4 Part of 030 Mtg Kit Speaker Box Bracket Audio Logic Board BOTTOM MECHANICAL PARTS FRONT AND TOP MECHANICAL PARTS Part No 001 9800 001 February 2001 5 32 MP010 MP001 Chassis MP001 Part of 040 Mtg Kit MP004 Part of 040 Mtg Kit HW001 Part of 040 Mtg Kit 001 4 004 2 of 030 Mtg Kit REMOTE TRANSCEIVER MECHANICAL PARTS MP002 W001 Cable Housing MP003 MP007 Foam Pad MP006 Acoustic Insert LS001 MP002 Speaker Box Bracket VS REMOTE CONTROL UNIT MECHANICAL PARTS February 2001 5 33 Part No 001 9800 001 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS SECTION 6 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS TRANSISTOR AND DIODE BASING DIAGRAMS TRANSISTORS Part Number Basing Diagram Identification 576 0002 057 576 0002 070 576 0003 604 576 0003 612 576 0003 616 576 0003 618 576 0003 634 576 0003 636 576 0003 65 1 576 0003 657 576 0003 658 576 0004 098 576 0004 401 576 0004 402 576 0004 817 576 0006 027 576 0006 114 576 0006 120 576 0006 234 576 0006 450 576 0007 013 ONO BRR RHR QD Number on Schematic DIODES 523 1504 001 4D 523 1504 002 SA 5
22. N m KA NA 2 Nan hd NT 4 KA 2 Description Amplified dynamic microphone Tri knob 2 Standard mounting bracket Microphone hanger Screw 4 24 x 5 16 sheet metal 3 250 0740 300 547 0016 008 017 2229 005 023 3514 001 575 3604 010 Description Screw No 10 self drilling 4 10 ft DC power cable amp hardware Accessory pigtail cable optional Accessory wire kit optional 5 4 7 ohm external spkr optional 575 9077 545 023 9800 410 597 9800 003 023 9750 011 250 0151 010 Hanger grounding wire assembly 023 7171 911 Figure 2 1 Front Mount Installation Components 2 1 GENERAL 2 1 2 PERFORMANCE TESTS 2 1 1 SCOPE OF INSTRUCTIONS Although each transceiver is carefully tested and aligned at the factory it is good practice to verify transceiver performance before it is placed in service Performance tests are located in Sections 7 5 and 7 6 Since each installation is somewhat unique the installation instructions which follow are intended only as a general guide to installing this transceiver February 2001 2 1 Part No 001 9800 001 2 1 3 TRANSCEIVER PROGRAMMING The transceiver needs to be programmed before it is placed in service unless it was ordered as factory programmed Programming instructions are located in the manuals listed in Section 1 1 1 Transceivers are normally shipped with preprogrammed factory test channels and test parameters 2 1 4 RE
23. Only narrow band 12 5 kHz models are available because the 900 MHz band has always had a 12 5 kHz channel spacing High power 30W and medium power 15W models available 1 2 8 FRONT AND REMOTE MOUNTING High tier models are available in both front and remote mount versions and low tier models were available in a front mount version only Remote mount versions are intended to be mounted in a remote loca tion up to approximately 17 feet away from the control unit such as the vehicle s trunk Front mount versions are intended to be mounted within reach of the operator The control unit connects to the remote pigtail cable coming from the back panel of the transceiver This cable is standard with remote mount models and optional with front mount models The remote control unit uses the high tier front panel assembly A Remote Conversion Kit is available for converting a front mount high tier model to remote mounting see Table 1 3 The transceiver does not have dual control capa bility Therefore either the front panel or a remote control unit can be used for control but not both 1 2 4 NPSPAC MODELS 800 MHZ ONLY 800 MHz 988x transceivers capable of oper ating on 25 kHz channels meet the stricter specifica tions established by NPSPAC National Public Safety Panel Advisory Committee for public safety frequen cies from 821 824 and 866 869 MHz Since deviation is less on NPSPAC channels an additional screen is m
24. Ress E G 8506 Shun Rn amp 2 10k e N lov om N i erme ox 77 1000 men se i mol m 1809 im POWERCONTROL 2 J 25W POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD 1 10k HR 1 lt gt 124 SENSE 1 nan p 5 21 1 e R601 osaa C655 FE 10k MI 217p H oe cso ER S ANTENNA SWITCH i rd o KK i N i mE 4 ru tc i 138 oss Toss T zor pery T BE arar vuan 772 um um b 2057 F 68 75 1 i 050 iu TER 120 osos ned 100 c i 52 og T lt n ii mE 1 E io I BT 3 wolle lelele les lester lem lom Toe BT pm Fa 1 1 TOM mI SER nad Am 7543 ARAS 53 AIS assa 5 TM Se M Not Used emi onen 27 33 7533 7533 3 3 s 100 1450 R519 w25W PA 1 1 oss 447 av 1 1 i D m 13 3 OFF 10075 UNSWBAT E500 INN 220k i 129 0r i sou oe Umm T m bou L N 77 3612 UNSW w501 w500 UNSW BAT lononen AU os ij I I 1 lt HE 7 43 PE Ww 7 B OT door 39 1 Sour OMF ROE 000 11 JAK i 1 wo L t Com di J I L 1 137 OFF PUT os S i N s EXCITER 100 nuE 8530 C616
25. VCO freq 050 Example 813 4875 050 16 269 75 Divide No 64 x Fraction Integer K 64 Example 16 269 64 254 20312 Fraction 254 20312 0 20312 64 x 0 20312 13 N Divide No Integer 64 A Example Integer 254 20312 254 254 13 241 Fractional N Div No Fraction K x 8 Example Fraction 16 269 75 2 0 75 0 75 x 826 4 4 RECEIVER SERVICING To isolate a receiver problem to a specific section check the DC and RF voltages shown on the schematic diagram With UHF models only the front end filter frequency shift inputs on U800 pins 6 and 7 should be as follows L OV H 5V Shift F1 Pin 6 Shift F2 Pin 7 Frequency 430 440 MHz 440 450 MHz 450 460 MHz 460 470 MHz 470 480 MHz 480 491 MHz 491 502 MHz 502 512 MHz ror Hr r 4 5 SERVICING 4 5 TRANSMITTER SERVICING To isolate a transmitter problem to a specific stage check the DC and RF voltages shown on the schematic diagram 4 6 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD SERVICING 4 6 1 DIGITAL CIRCUITS Because of the complexity and dynamic operation of the digital portion of the audio logic board servicing may be difficult Special test equipment and knowledge of the operating software are usually needed to isolate a problem Therefore if a problem is suspected with the digital circuitry it may be best to first make sure that the proper supply voltages are present and then replace the audio log
26. u2 MICROCONTROLLER isio BACKLIGHT DISPLAY Es a SPEAKER e 42 19 5 1 1 18 E 2 4 17 CLOCK BUSY GRN T T Leg cl 1 Les 56 i DATA 1 1 T T oor 4 VOLUME Ae dius i SOURCE TX RED 1 1 RESET ns Ros id DISPLAY DRIVER SW BAT odo lt G 29 HD66710 1 1 1 1 13 8 1 i 1 1 med serv pos 6 i 8 HANGER Tee SET T rx 7 N 1 1 acl s 7 1418 se SELECT SWITCH si 26 Boll PBNO A L 1 1 MICROPHONE i PBNO Lev JACK j W RxD A cow L0 END DISPLAY HARNESS MIC AUDIO 2 gt PART NO 023 9800 047 HANGER 3 gt 4 gt t SW BAT 5 gt RX AUDIO 6 5 1 KEYPAD B EXT SPKR JACK INPUT 2 TRANSMIT RX OUT 2 RX IN 2 TX OUT 2 TX IN 2 av OUTPUT B GND Jio PART NO 597 9800 003 NOTES WITH SOME MICROCONTROLLERS R45 IS USED INSTEAD OF THE COMPONENTS INSIDE THE DOTTED LINES Lean CABLE ACCESSORY WIRE KIT PART 023 9750 011 EXTERNAL ACCESSORY INTERCONNECT SCHEMATIC 6 4 CAUTION LTR Net models may automatically transmit at any time see Section 4 1 5V REGULATOR MC78M05
27. 3 26 Lock Detect ere etes 3 27 Charge Pump eau ek 5 3 27 Shift Register U800 U801 and Digital Potentiometer U802 Programming 3 27 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz MODELS 3 27 Front End Filter 3 27 RF Amplifier Q201 3 27 First Mixer Q202 Crystal Filter Z204 3 28 Second Mixer Detector U201 3 28 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz MODELS 3 29 Predriver 0506 Driver 0507 3 29 Power Amplifier Module U600 Final Q651 3 30 Antenna Switch 3 30 Directional Coupler Low Pass Filter 3 30 Power Control U500A B 0500 0503 3 31 SERVICING GENERAL oer 4 1 Periodic Checks 4 1 Schematic Diagrams and Component Layouts 4 1 Replacement Parts 4 1 Configuring Transceiver for Testing 4 1 SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICES SMDs 4 1 Servicing 4 1 Identifying SMD Resistors 4 1 SMD Capacitor Identification 4 2 SMD Inductor Identification 4 3 Transistor Diode Identification 4 3 SYNTHESIZER TROUBLESHOOTING 4 3 Introduction 4 3 Reference Oscillator 0806 4 4 VCO Module 4 4 Synthesizer 0804 4 4 Determining Synthesizer Counte
28. C881 5 3 E lt ss 8258 N C268 0268 ka 832 818 5236520 885 2 Re4g Ras c836 Rea o3 g Sum 0293 5 C267 Q506 Oz R85 R838 2 E C243 3 usb S Olle me d lt A DS R899 C821 5 pe SIN lt 8 O 0 o 6 re 9 W N o El pi amp AIR S en L e 9520 519 800 816 6819 5818 ET S S 8 5 E N em 9 R831 E SIG ces 28 s 2 0309 8257 10 1 2798229 8115 9 860 2 E 5 S 19 0843 515 u201 6271 N C537 8 C829 Lol 8 5 0278 289 515 6828 7 8239 R234 2289 845 9 9 R825 e 2 U803 e300 8 318 8 cedri 2 2 812 8 n SITET 8 294 254 5 195 E E la amp Re26 C82q Z 9 3 N 8 o Skee Sass gis S 841 0809 9 274 8 C281 jan 55 R833 m 16 9 823 5 8 8234 R241 1837 807 6824839 We Sm IS gled 8838 808 KI N 8242 spice 0800 C829 s Beg O 210 R830 Rod B E Be C277 G ee c814 4 RF BOARD LAYOUT 800 MHZ February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 6 28 J501 8
29. UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION Part of the VCO output signal is fed out of the VCO on pin 2 and applied to a second harmonic filter formed by C842 and L802 A 50 ohm load is provided by R855 with C841 providing impedance matching Part of the VCO signal is also fed out of the VCO on pin 1 and applied to a 50 ohm 3 dB pad formed by R842 R839 and R843 The signal is then fed to buffer amplifier Q801 Impedance matching is provided by C822 C826 and L801 and temperature compensated bias is provided by R830 R833 R844 and CR801 Transistor Q801 provides isolation and also amplifies the signal to produce an output level of approximately 0 dBm Capacitors C817 and C813 decouple RF signals and L800 C818 C827 R836 R837 and R847 provide impedance matching and the proper signal levels to the receiver and exciter R832 lowers the Q of L800 to make it less frequency selective 3 7 4 VCO AND TCXO MODULATION NOTE If the wideband data input is used the external device must provide FCC approved modulation limit ing and splatter filter circuitry and a stable 2 5 VDC reference level Both the reference oscillator and VCO are modu lated in order to provide the required frequency response If only the VCO was modulated the phase detector in U804 would sense the frequency change and change the control voltage to counteract the change especially at the lower audio frequencies If only the reference oscillator was modulated the VCO freque
30. 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 680k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 569 0105 471 569 0105 473 5 27 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD CONT D Description 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1M ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 2 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 24 3k ohm 1 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4
31. 14 850 MHz TCXO Reference Counter N Counter Prescaler Control 64 65 Prescaler SERVICING Buffer VCO Amplifier Control VCO Module Lock Detect Figure 4 1 Simplified Synthesizer Block Diagram Tantalum SMD Capacitors P N 510 26xx xxx Tantalum SMD capacitor identification varies with vendor and physical size of the capacitor The positive end is usually indicated by a colored band or beveled edge The value and voltage may be indicated by printing on the capacitor or by using a special code 4 2 4 SMD INDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION SMD inductors P N 542 9000 xxx use three colored dots to indicate the value The two dots on the left side indicate the first and second digits of the value in nanohenries and the single dot on the right side indicates the multiplier see Table 4 2 For example brown black and red dots indicate a value of 10 nH x 100 which is 1000 nH 1 0 uH The last three digits of the part number are also the value and multiplier 4 2 5 TRANSISTOR DIODE IDENTIFICATION Surface mounted transistors and diodes are iden tified by a special number Refer to page 6 1 for more information 4 3 SYNTHESIZER TROUBLESHOOTING 4 3 1 INTRODUCTION When there is a synthesizer malfunction the VCO is usually not locked on frequency When the VCO is unlocked the LOCK output on U804 pin 18 4 3 Table 4 2 SMD Inductor Identification KU Multiplier 1st Digit 2nd Digit Last PN D
32. 250 0740 300 Remote control unit 258 Low profile mounting bracket Screw No 10 self drilling 4 Tri knob 2 Hanger ground wire assembly Amplified dynamic microphone Accessory pigtail cable optional Accessory wire kit optional 10 ft DC power cable amp hardware 22 ft DC power cable amp hardware Microphone hanger Screw 4 24 x 5 16 sheet metal 3 597 9800 003 023 9750 011 023 9800 410 023 9800 422 023 3514 001 575 3604 010 Tri knob 2 Mounting bracket control unit Screw No 10 self drilling 4 Flat washer vulcanized 2 Extension control cable 11 ft opt 5 4 7 ohm external spkr optional 547 0016 008 017 2227 057 575 9077 545 596 6400 030 597 9800 009 250 0151 010 Figure 2 2 Remote Mount Installation Components 2 3 POWER CABLE INSTALLATION NOTE With LTR Net models do not connect the power cable to a switched power source such as the ignition switch or a relay Always use the front panel power switch or the ignition sense input described in Section 2 4 3 to switch power When power is switched externally with LTR Net models the de registration message cannot be sent and the current user settings are not saved It is recommended that both wires of the power cable be connected directly to the vehicle battery Connection of either wire to other points may result in increased interference from the vehicle s electrical system If noise is still a problem with both wires co
33. 430 470 MHz 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 18 pF 250V mini mica 430 470 MHz 40W 15 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 40W 56 pF 250V mini mica 430 470 MHz 47 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 47 pF 250V mini mica 33 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 6 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 25 watt 56 pF 250V mini mica 430 470 MHz 40 watt 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 25 watt 27 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 40 watt 3 9 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D 510 3615 229 510 3615 159 510 3615 330 510 0019 560 510 0019 270 510 0019 470 510 0019 430 510 3615 229 510 3615 279 510 3615 339 510 3615 279 510 3615 339 510 0019 180 510 0019 150 510 0019 560 510 0019 470 510 0019 470 510 3615 330 510 3615 689 510 0019 560 510 3615 479 510 0019 270 510 3615 399 510 3615 279 Description 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 40 watt 6 8 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 40 watt 47 pF 250V mini mica 430 470 MHz 40 watt 39 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 40 watt 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 25 watt 43 pF 250V mini mica 430 470 MHz 40 watt 27 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 25 watt 27 pF 250V m
34. 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 45 1 8W smd 5 6k ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd 390k ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 5 1 8W smd 27k ohm 5 1 8W smd 560k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 150k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 5k ohm 45 1 8W smd 5 6k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 820k ohm 5 1 8W smd 18k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 180k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper Zero ohm smd jumper Zero ohm smd jumper 470k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper PARTS LIST 569 0105 471 569 0105 103 569 0105 623 569 0105 333 569 0105 562 569 0105 333 569 0105 333 569 0105 623 569 0105 333 569 0105 623 569 0105 333 569 0115 001 569 0105 104 569 0105 184 569 0115 001 569 0105 472 569 0105 472 569 0105 471 560 0105 001 560 0105 001 560 0105 001 569 0105 474 560 0105 001 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description 470k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper 5 6k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 39k ohm 5 1 8W smd 82k ohm 5 cer smd 3 3k ohm 590 1 8
35. MIC AUDIO IN NOTES 1 All Resistors Are In Ohms and All Capacitors Are In 8 J7 1 2 Jumper Normally Not Installed This Jumper Is 4 2 R23 And R24 Can Provide These Options E Microfarads Unless Otherwise Specified Used Only When The RPI Power Supply Must Provide Option 1 Default R2 R25 In R23 R24 Out H The Battery Supply To The External Device Connected Option 2 R23 In R2 R24 R25 Out 2 DCE Default 2 4 1 3 To J4 or J5 Option 3 R24 R25 In R2 R23 Out d ln DE EIE E DTE 1 2 3 4 RPI P N 023 9800 000 SCHEMATIC February 2001 6 6 Part No 001 9800 001 COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE UHF The following guide can be used to locate components on the 430 470 and 470 512 MHz RF board layouts on pages 6 8 and 6 11 Refer to the grid around the board to determine the approximate location of a component NOTE When the location of a component is different on the board unrevised 430 470 MHz board the location on the unrevised board is listed first and the location on the revised 430 512 MHz board is listed second Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location February 2001 6 7 Part No 001 9800 001 COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES UHF RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE CONT D Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location February 2001 6 8 Part No 001 9800 001 COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES UHF RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCA
36. Q501 begins turning on This decreases the base voltage of Q502 which turns off Q500 slightly and cuts back power output Over current shutdown is disabled in 15 watt models because CR500 is not used 3 32 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 SERVICING SECTION 4 SERVICING 4 1 GENERAL CAUTION LTR Net models may automatically transmit during normal operation and at power off to send registration and de registration messages Therefore when a signal generator is connected to these models be sure to use an isolation pad 4 1 1 PERIODIC CHECKS This transceiver should be placed on a periodic maintenance schedule to ensure that it continues to operate properly Important checks are receiver sensi tivity and transmitter frequency deviation and power output 4 1 2 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS Schematic diagrams and component layouts for the various PC boards used in this transceiver are located in the back of this manual Included are RF and audio logic board and interconnect schematics The component layouts permit easy location of components and measurement points For the RF and audio logic boards a component locator guide and grid around the boards are provided to aid in locating components All boards in this transceiver have components mounted on one side only Therefore most servicing can be done without removing the board from the chassis 4 1 3 REPLACEMENT PARTS A rep
37. This manual does not include operation program ming or alignment information This information is covered by a separate operation programming manual addendum for each operating protocol as follows Protocol Operation and Programming Manual 98xx Multi Net 98xx LTR Net 98xx SMARTNET SmartZone 001 9880 400 001 9800 600 601 001 9800 501 Therefore use this manual to install and service 98xx transceivers and use the above manual for oper ation programming and tuning information NOTE The above Multi Net manual also includes 98xx servicing information but has not been updated with the latest changes that are in this manual 1 1 2 LTRP LOW TIER AND DATA MODELS NOTE LTR low tier and data versions of the 98xx transceiver are no longer available The LTR versions of the 98xx are covered by LTR 98xx Service Manual Part No 001 9800 200 This is a complete LTR manual that includes LTR operation and programming information and 98xx hardware servicing information There are also 201 and 202 revisions that should accompany this manual The LTR models of the 98xx mobile were avail able in both high and low tier versions and the Multi Net LTR Net and SMARTNET SmartZone models are available in only the high tier version Therefore only high tier models are covered by this manual For servicing information on low tier models refer to the LTR manual described in the preceding paragraph The data
38. Waseca L Last Digit of Year Week No of Year NOTE Low power 25W UHF 15W 800 900 MHz High power 40W UHF 30W 800 900 MHz 1 5 ACCESSORIES The accessories available for this transceiver are listed in Table 1 3 The following is a brief description of most of these accessories Mounting Accessories The 030 mounting kit contains mounting knobs and four self drilling screws The 610 kit contains mounting knobs a remote mounting bracket and four self drilling screws The 10 and 22 ft cable kits include a fused power cable and microphone hanger with a ground wire Table 1 3 98xx Accessories Accessory Part No Mounting Accessories 023 9800 030 023 9800 040 023 9800 410 023 9800 422 017 2229 005 017 2229 010 Front mounting kit Remote mounting kit 10 ft DC power cable and hardware kit 22 ft DC power cable and hardware Standard mounting bracket Low profile mounting bracket GENERAL INFORMATION Table 1 3 98xx Accessories Continued Accessory Part No Standard Key Cap Kits 5 key caps Multi Net LTR Net SMARTNET SmartZone Optional Key Cap Kits 20 key caps Multi Net LTR Net SMARTNET SmartZone 587 9840 001 587 9840 002 587 9840 003 587 9840 004 587 9840 105 Microphones 250 0740 300 250 0751 021 589 0016 029 250 0742 010 250 0151 010 Standard amplified dynamic Standard DTMF w lighted keypad WR 805 DTMF weather resistant Desk type Remote S
39. i 2 SEE TABLE I FOR IC CONNECTIONS NOT SHOWN p rr Leck Detect oi 15 5 16 gt Rx Audio Out SV REGULATOR E i 9 2170 IS REMOVED WHEN EXTERNAL IGNITION SENSE IS USED ver deem ERES swaar unos SOURCE ES 14 STD CONFIG 36 8398 OUT R357 R399 IN m DATA MODEM INSTALLED wm N JUMPERS Ra5 R399 IN R361 R398 OUT d a s N ste vag 1 pt e NO OPTIONS JUMPERS R383 R354 INSTALLED ME ona ova Jer Jons ons fonr Jone en oes fer oror oma OPTION 1 ONLY JUMPERS Rase R962 INSTALLED anp ore ZR ea za za ze m OPTION 2 ONLY JUMPERS Ra76 a4 INSTALLED ne OPTIONS 1 AND 2 JUMPERS INSTALLED AUDIO LOGIC BOARD SCHEMATIC February 2001 6 33 Part No 001 9800 001 30 21 8 9 W103 U109 W102 10 J 8 8 9 10 i 0110 ri 0112 D Utt DIS 11 20 20 C111 Q100 p J302 m 2 9 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD LAYOUT February 2001 6 34 Part No 001 9800 001 EFJohnson iud Part Number 001 9800 001CD 1 01 hph Printed in U S A
40. 2 1 Mounting Kit Part No 023 9800 030 Two tri knobs for attaching the transceiver to the mounting bracket Four No 10 self drilling screws Universal Cable and Hardware Kit Part No 023 9800 410 10 ft Part No 023 9800 422 22 ft 10 ft or 22 ft fused power cable Microphone clip and ground wire One 7A and one 15A fuse 7A not used 2 2 3 ATTACHING MOUNTING BRACKET Either Standard Mounting Bracket Part No 017 2229 005 or Low Profile Mounting Bracket Part No 017 2229 010 can be used to mount the transceiver Proceed as follows 1 Check the area underneath the selected mounting surface for such things as wires electrical compo nents and brake and gas lines that could be damaged when the mounting bracket screws are installed Then install the mounting bracket using the included self tapping screws or other screws if desired 2 Install the transceiver in the bracket using the included knobs 3 With front mount transceivers install the included microphone hanger in a convenient location using the included sheet metal screws or others For proper operation of functions such as the monitor mode and scan the hanger must be connected to chassis ground If required ground the hanger using the included ground wire February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 INSTALLATION Antenna Miniature UHF Jack Part No Description Description 017 2229 010 575 9077 545 547 0016 008 023 7171 911
41. 2624 479 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3605 102 510 3615 399 510 3615 829 523 1504 001 523 1504 035 523 1504 035 Description Switching diode SOT 23 Band switching diode Band switching diode Switching diode SOT 23 Pin switching diode Pin switching diode Pin switching diode Pin switching diode Dual switching diode SOT 23 Dual switching diode SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 Dual switching diode SOT 233 Dual switching diode SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 unrevised 430 470 MHz 5 1V zener SOT 23 revised 430 470 MHz 4 7V zener SOT 23 470 512 MEZ 40W only Dual switching diode SOT 23 470 512 MHz Switching diode SOT 23 470 512 MHz Dual switching diode SOT 23 470 512 MHz Transient suppressor Pin diode HC diode Pin diode Switching diode SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 5 1V zener SOT 23 unrevised 430 470 MHz Transistor ground tab Ferrite bead smd 470 512 MHz Ferrite bead smd 470 512 MHz Ferrite bead smd 470 512 MHz Mini crystal pin insulator Ferrite bead smd 430 470 MHz PARTS LIST 523 1504 002 523 1504 035 523 1504 035 523 1504 002 523 1504 001 523 1504 001 523 1504 001 523 1504 001 523 1504 023 523 1504 023 523 1504 002 523 1504 023 523 1504 023 523 1504 002 523 1504 002 523 2016 519 523 2016 479 523 1504 023 523 1504 002 523 1504 023 523 2906 001 523 1504 032 523 1504 016 523 1504 032 523 1504 002 523 1504 002 523 2016 51
42. 3 3 1 When there is data to send to the audio logic board such as if an option switch is pressed U2 issues a service request on the Service Request Out line J1 pin 6 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION DISPLAY DESCRIPTION The functions controlled by U2 are as follows Display controller U1 programming Backlight control Transmit Busy indicator control Front panel option switch detection Front panel Select switch detection Microphone hanger off hook detection The use of a separate microcontroller on the display board minimizes the number of interconnec tions required with the audio logic board because separate lines are not required for each of the preceding functions When the front panel Select switch is pressed the two PBNO lines are shorted together Then when it is rotated clockwise low pulses appear on the CW line and when it is rotated counterclockwise low pulses appear on the CCW line The contrast and viewing angle of the display are set by potentiometer R46 3 7 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF MODELS 3 7 1 INTRODUCTION The synthesizer block diagram is part of the RF PA board diagram shown in Figure 3 4 The synthe sizer output signal is produced by a VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator located in a separate module attached to the RF board The frequency of the VCO is controlled by a DC voltage from the phase detector in synthesizer integrated ci
43. 5 1 8W smd 54 9k ohm 1 1 8W smd 7 5k ohm 1 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 1k ohm 1 1 8W smd all others ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 150 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 180 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 2 2k ohm 5 1W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 2 2k ohm 5 1W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 030 ohm 5 2W WW smd 10k ohm 5 thermistor 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 75W smd 330 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 430 470 MHz 40W 68k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd all 25W PARTS LIST 569 0105 102 569 0115 100 569 0111 425 569 0105 101 569 0111 461 569 0105 103 569 0111 472 569 0111 385 569 0105 103 569 0111 409 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 151 569 0105 181 569 0105 473 569 0105 473 569 0175 222 569 0175 222 569 2019 307 569 3013 007 569 0105 224 569 0105 224 569 0135 101 569 0105 331 569 0105 104 569 0105 683 569 0105 104 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 75 ohm 5 1 8W smd 430 470 MHz 40W 56k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 512 MHz 40W 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 75W smd 100 ohm 5 75W smd 4
44. 50V smd revised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 470 uF 25V electrolytic unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 43 pF 250V mini mica revised 430 470 MHz 33 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 5 1 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd unrevised 430 470 MHz PARTS LIST 510 2627 100 510 3615 519 510 3615 479 510 4064 471 510 3615 759 510 3615 689 510 3605 103 510 3615 130 510 3615 120 510 3601 101 510 3615 130 510 3615 120 510 2627 100 510 3615 130 510 3615 120 510 4064 471 510 3601 101 510 0019 430 510 0019 330 510 3601 101 510 3615 519 510 3615 479 510 2624 479 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description 5 1 pF 5 NPO 50V smd revised 430 470 MHz 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 2 0 pF 5 NPO 50V smd revised 430 470 MHz 1 0 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd all others 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V smd revised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 10 uF 25V t
45. 512 MHz P1 PA BOARD LAYOUT 25W 430 512 MHZ February 2001 6 24 Part No 001 9800 001 R609 R608 Rx RF To Receiver J600 100 220k TR T L606 R610 JA poe 100 C650 CR603 5 Temperature lt _ 5644 cess L 22 TT 27 T 30 551 E ee C652 ANTENNA SWITCH RX RF OUT 4 C604 30 68 C651 177 22 Forward Power 8 lt DIRECTIONAL pos COUPLER 27 5 14 HARMONIC FILTER J501 On an s RF Board SUPPLY V MINUS 24V 336 7 1603 1604 1602 x J601 em 100 7 M RA EN e Current Sense R607 71 7 Y Yos T T 7 gt Sek C614 0625 C620 C622 623 624 626 619 cezs 0629 68 CR601 100 7527 2 27 7533 7933 7533 25 43 7543 7543 4 30 7330 7515 lt R603 T i 220k 777 777 777 777 777 777 77 777 R602 220 Unsw Bat Out 2 lt CURRENT SENSE C602 75 UNSW BAT P001 1 t gt Power Jack UNSW BAT C601 C600 777 7 CR600 5 277 177 077 Y AT 40W eee L600
46. 569 3013 007 583 2042 001 544 2002 037 544 2019 004 544 2003 081 544 2603 093 544 4001 127 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description Power module 18W 900 MHz 900 MHz models Shift register 8 stage 4094 Shift register 8 stage 4094 Potentiometer 4 ch AD8403 Op amp dual 2904 Synthesizer SA7025 17 5 MHz TCXO 41 5 ppm 800 MHz models 14 85MHz TCXO 1 0 ppm 900 MHz models 860 MHz 20 MHz bw 3 p filter 800 MHz models 938 MHz 6 MHz bw 3 p filter 900 MHz models 860 MHz 20 MHz bw 3 p 800 MHz models 938 MHz 6 MHz bw 3 p filter 900 MHz models 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 807 MHz 18 MHz bw 2 p filter 800 MHz models 888 MHz 3 pole ceramic filter 900 MHz models 52 95 MHz 15 kHz bw 4 p filter 800 MHz models 45 MHz 7 5 kHz bw 4 p filter 900 MHz models 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 450 kHz ceramic filter Description AUDIO LOGIC BOARD 532 2007 011 532 2007 012 532 2007 011 532 2007 012 532 2006 011 Part No AUDIO LOGIC BOARD ALL MODELS 01 uF X7R 109 50V cer smd 470 pF NPO 5 cer smd 22 pF NPO 5 cer smd 22 pF NPO 5 cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 510 3605 103 510 3601 471 510 3601 220 510 3601 220 510 3606 104 510 3606 104 5 25 Description 22 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 UF X7R 10 50V cer smd 470 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer
47. 7 1 gore 501 W500 75 3612 900 MHz D 13 1 Tx T t T T PE AE E TTT GN Only 13 6 Rx C606 607 EP601 d 7539 2 6608 a i Power Jack R600 EP600 018uF tnn 2 13 0 Tx 470 18 E C619 C612 C613 UNSW BAT 001uF 0 Rx 75 01uF 7 56 gt 9 C638 J602 C637 C601 C600 R616 C610 Tx RF From ceos 603 C604 100 C640 C609 ur 7 39 018uF 39 018uF Ch600 gt RF Board 018uF I 39 I X od A KKT NT ranz CR601 FINAL AMP ks 12V C654 777 9651 18 800 MHz 4817 12 900 MHz I 4 NA Jac R61 C657 herr 10 R619 U600 C651 L651 EN a T N 58 C656 33 430 430 3 75 1 rd mt 1 45 MHz POWER AMP MODULE Only gt i A593 C655 Stabilization 8001 18 800 MHz Bd Assembly _______ 5 900 MHz PA BOARD SCHEMATIC 30W 800 900 MHZ 6 31 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 623 o C633 R608 N m o ES R611 BE
48. 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 330 ohm 5 1W smd 430 470 MHz 40W 100 ohm 5 1W smd 470 512 MHz 40W 470 ohm 5 1W smd 25 watt and 470 512 MHz 40W 100 ohm 5 1W smd 430 470 MHz 40 watt 330 ohm 5 1W smd 430 470 MHz 40 watt 330 ohm 5 1W smd 430 470 MHz 40 watt 330 ohm 5 1W smd 430 470 MHz 40 watt 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm 5 1 8W smd 569 0105 753 569 0105 563 569 0105 224 569 0135 101 569 0135 101 569 0105 472 569 0175 331 569 0175 101 569 0175 471 569 0175 101 569 0175 331 569 0175 331 569 0175 331 569 0105 203 569 0105 203 569 0105 103 569 0105 203 569 0105 472 569 0105 103 569 0105 203 569 0105 472 569 0105 103 569 0105 203 569 0105 472 569 0105 103 569 0105 203 569 0105 103 569 0105 203 569 0105 103 569 0105 203 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 001 569 0105 001 569 0105 001 Description 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 45 1 8W smd Zero ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm 5 1 8
49. A locked condition exists when the phase differ ence at the TCXO input is less than one cycle 3 10 8 CHARGE PUMP The charge pump circuit in U804 charges and discharges C833 C837 in the loop filter to produce the VCO control voltage Resistors connected to the RN and RF pins set the charge current The RF pin resis tance is set by a digitally controlled potentiometer in 0802 This resistance changes with the frequency band in order to minimize fractional N spurious signals The loop filter provides low pass filtering which controls synthesizer stability and lockup time and suppresses the loop reference frequency 50 kHz 3 10 9 SHIFT REGISTER U800 U801 AND DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER U802 PROGRAMMING Shift register U800 functions as an I O port expander and shift register U801 functions as a D A converter to provide a 256 step output voltage for adjusting transmitter power In addition the Q7 output of U801 provides the delayed transmit signal U802 contains four digitally controlled potentiometers that are adjustable in 256 steps These devices are cascaded together on the serial bus so that data is shifted out of one device into another Programming is performed using the SPI serial port of the microcontroller described in Section 3 3 1 The input to the internal shift register of these devices is the DATA U800 U801 or SDI U802 pin and the output of the last shift register stage in U800 and U801 is the QS pin Therefore s
50. ACTIVE FILTER Q800 0800 functions as a capacitance multiplier to provide a filtered 7 0 volt supply to the VCO Resistor R827 provides bias and C814 provides the capacitance that is multiplied CR800 decreases the time required to charge C814 when power is turned on If a noise pulse or other voltage change appears on the collector the base voltage does not change significantly because of C814 Therefore base current does not change and the voltage on the emitter remains constant 3 10 5 BUFFER AMPLIFIER Q801 TX TX SWITCH CR801 CR802 The output signal on pin 2 of the VCO is applied to buffer amplifier Q801 Impedance matching on the input is provided by C822 a section of microstrip and C826 Microstrip is a form of transmission line with distributed series inductance and shunt capacitance The characteristic impedance is determined by the width of the microstrip and the PC board material and thickness distance from ground plane This stage provides isolation and also amplifies the signal to produce an output level of approximately 0 dBm The bias current of Q801 is fixed at a constant level by Q802 The collector current of Q801 flows through R830 The voltage drop across that resistor and therefore the current is set by R836 and R837 For example if current through R830 attempts to increase the emitter voltage of Q802 decreases Q802 then conducts less and turns 0801 off slightly to main tain a constant bias current
51. Alert Wire 2 6 Front End 3 16 Other Accessory Cable 2 6 RF Amplifier Q201 3 17 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION2 6 4 First Mixer Q202 Injection Amplifier Q204 3 17 Generals scien cere ee RV mAb e 2 6 cc 2 6 Second Mixer Detector 0201 3 17 USING AN EXTERNAL SPEAKER 2 7 UNE MODELE Ta DESCRIPTION 3 19 DATA CABLE INSTALLATION 2 7 Ke E N First and Second Amplifiers 3 19 S eg banet ee 2 8 N Data Cable Installation 2 8 Hue Amp ano red KEY CAP KITS 2 8 222 Multi Net and LTR Net Models 2 8 We TA duque SON SNR SMARTNET SmartZone Models 2 9 Directional Coupler Low Pass Filter 3 21 ach Power Control U500A B 0500 0503 3 21 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 3 10 3 11 3 12 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT D SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz MODELS 3 22 Introduction 3 22 Voltage Controlled Oscillator 3 22 VCO and TCXO Modulation 3 24 Active Filter 0800 3 25 Buffer Amplifier 0801 Tx Tx Switch 801 802 3 25 Synthesizer Integrated Circuit 804
52. BOARDS CONT D Description 47 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 1 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 270 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 47 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 3 3k ohm 45 1 8W smd all others 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 5k ohm smd top adj all others 47 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 68 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 1 8k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 68 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 1 8k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 45 1 8W smd all others PARTS LIST 569 0105 470 569 0105 472 569 0105 122 569 0105 472 569 0105 271 569 0105 103 569 0105 470 569 0105 473 569 0105 103 569 0105 473 569 0105 103 569 0105 332 569 0105 100 562 0135 502 569 0105 470 569 0105 103 569 0105 100 569 0115 680 569 0105 182 569 0115 680 569 0105 182 569 0105 103 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description 18 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 15 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 510 ohm
53. Comp Location February 2001 6 13 Part No 001 9800 001 COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES AUDIO LOGIC BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE CONT D U 304 C5 U 305 U 306 4 U 307 C4 U 308 B4 W 100 B2 W 101 B2 W 102 B2 W 103 B2 W 301 B3 W 302 B3 W 303 B3 W 304 B3 W 305 B4 W 306 B4 W 307 B4 W 308 B4 W 309 B4 W 310 B4 W 311 B3 W 312 B3 W 313 B3 W 314 B3 W 315 B4 W 316 B4 W 317 B4 W 318 B4 W 319 B4 W 320 B4 Y 100 C1 February 2001 6 14 No 001 9800 00 1 P P WITH 470Bm P P WITH A7dBm
54. EPROM Flash 128k x 8 AT29C010 Mux 2 input quad 74HC157 D flip flop octal 74HC574 D flip flop octal 74HC574 D flip flop octal 74 574 Op amp quad MC3303 Op amp quad MC3303 Op amp quad MC3303 Op amp quad MC3303 Op amp dual 2904 Shift reg 8 stage MC4094 Audio amp 3W w vol control Bilateral switch quad MC4066 Bilateral switch quad MC4066 9 8304 MHz crystal PARTS LIST 544 5002 115 544 5001 211 544 3766 157 544 3766 574 544 3766 574 544 3766 574 544 2020 008 544 2020 008 544 2020 008 544 2020 008 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 PARTS LIST Dec Pu AMPLIFIED DYNAMIC MICROPHONE 9800 SERIES RADIO MOUNTING KIT PART NO 250 0740 300 PART NO 023 9800 030 3 3 uF 16V tantalum chip 510 2625 339 HW 001 Screw No 10 self drilling 4 575 9077 545 220 pF 5 NPO 50V cer chip 510 3602 221 MP 001 Tri knob 2 547 0016 008 Contact 038 diameter 586 9008 100 Mic cord w mod connector 597 2002 113 9800 SERIES REMOTE MOUNTING KIT Terminal on hanger 022 0069 011 PART NO 023 9800 040 Screw 4 20 x 3 8 575 5604 012 HW 001 Screw No 10 self drilling 4 575 9077 545 Screw 2 56 x 3 8 575 1602 012 HW 002 Flat washer vulcanized 2 596 6400 030 Dynamic mic cartridge 589 1011 003 017 2227 057 Case front black 032 0426 100 MP 004 Mounting bracket rem ctrl unit MP 001 Tri knob 2 547 0016 008 Case back black 032 0427 100 Actuator black 032 0428 050 DC POWER CABLE AND HARDWARE KIT Cartridge gas
55. From the directional coupler the transmit signal is fed to a low pass harmonic filter formed by C624 C627 and several sections of microstrip This filter attenuates harmonic frequencies occurring above the transmit band R607 dissipates static buildup on the antenna The ambient power amplifier temperature is sensed by thermistor R601 The resistance of a ther mistor decreases as temperature increases This ther mistor forms a voltage divider with R143 on the audio logic board and the voltage across this divider is monitored by an A D converter input of the microcon troller pin 63 If the PA temperature increases above limits set in software the power is first cut back Then if it continues to rise the transmitter is turned off 3 12 5 POWER CONTROL U500A B Q500 Q503 Introduction The power control circuit maintains a constant power output as changes occur in temperature and voltage It does this by varying the supply voltage to driver Q507 This changes the power output of that stage which in turn controls the power output of the transmitter The primary signal sensed to control power output is forward power from the directional coupler The current to final amplifier Q601 is also sensed but it affects power output only if it becomes excessive Gradual power shutdown then occurs The power output level is set in 127 steps by the microcontroller through D A converter U801 This allows power to be adjusted from the fron
56. G U Comp Acsry Type H V Horn Acsry 1 Low tier dual BW I W Enc Comp 2 Mid tier dual BW Acsry Cable 3 High tier dual BW L N W models are 4 Low tier 12 5 kHz or LTR Net upgradeable 6 High tier 12 5 kHz 8 High tier rem dual BW 0 High tier rem 12 5 kHz Band 1 VHF 4 UHF 8 800 MHz 9 2 900 MHz Config 2 Mid Pwr std 3 High Pwr std 7 no 8 H P no acc Signaling 2 LTR 3 SMARTNET 4 Multi Net 5 Smartzone 6 LTR Net 8 Data LTR 9 Data M Net 0 Conv only Freq Range 0 Full band 800 900 MHz 3 2 430 470 MHz 5 470 512 MHz These configurations are currently not available February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 1 4 TRANSCEIVER IDENTIFICATION The transceiver identification number is printed on a label that is attached to the chassis The informa tion is contained in this number is shown in Table 1 2 This number is stored electronically and can be read using the programming software Table 1 2 Identification Number Breakdown Model From Revision Manufacture Letter Date Warranty Plant Number 98xx A 10 0 A 12345 Type 1 Low pwr LTR 2 High pwr LTR 3 High pwr Data MN 4 Low pwr LTR Net 5 High pwr LTR Net 6 Low pwr Multi Net 7 High pwr Multi Net 8 Low pwr Data LTR 9 High pwr Data LTR 0 Low pwr Data MNet A SMARTNET SmartZone
57. N 239 A 13 To determine the overall divide number of the prescaler and main divider the number of prescaler input pulses required to produce one main divider output pulse can be determined Although the number is 239 in this example the actual divide number is always two higher 241 because of reset cycles and other effects Therefore the prescaler divides by 65 for 13 x 65 or 845 input pulses It then divides by 64 for 241 x 64 or 15 424 input pulses Since the VCO frequency is not evenly divisible by 50 kHz there is also a fractional N number programmed that provides the required fractional February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION divide number In this example the fractional N incre ment is 75 x 8 modulo N or 6 This causes the pres caler to divide by 65 for one additional output pulse for 6 of 8 main divider cycles This produces a divide number that is 75 higher Therefore with the preceding example the overall divide number K is 845 15 424 75 or 16 269 75 The VCO frequency of 813 4875 MHz divided by 16 269 75 equals 50 kHz which is the fR input to the phase detector NOTE The formulas for calculating the N and A divide numbers are described in Section 4 3 5 3 10 7 LOCK DETECT When the synthesizer is locked on frequency the LOCK output of U804 pin 18 is a logic high voltage Then when the synthesizer is unlocked this voltage is low
58. OTHER ACCESSORY CABLE OUTPUTS Speaker Output pin 1 This is a low level volume controlled speaker output It provides drive to an external device such as an audio power amplifier The input impedance of the external device should be greater than 20k ohms 2 6 INSTALLATION For this output to operate properly the audio amplifier requires an 8 ohm load Therefore if not using the internal speaker and no speaker is connected to the external speaker jack connect an 8 ohm 5 watt resistor to the external speaker jack Sw Bat Out pin 2 This output can provide a switched battery output current of up to 1 5 A including the current supplied to the microphone connector This current is limited by fuse F100 on the audio logic board CAUTION Do not change this fuse to one with a higher current rating because PC board damage may result Horn Alert pin 4 See Section 2 4 4 Ignition Sense pin 6 See Section 2 4 3 Output D pin 7 This output is available with LTR Net Multi Net models only It is controlled by the menu OPTION parameter or by an option switch programmed for that function It can also be controlled by several I O functions see Appendix B 2 5 REMOTE CONTROL UNIT INSTALLATION 2 5 1 GENERAL NOTE Install the remote mount transceiver power cable and accessory cable as described in Sections 2 2 2 3 and 2 4 respectively No special control unit programming or PC board modifications are required pr
59. PATOCVPAY gt i E TRANSMIT E mo OUTPUT A N i sa PASIOCIOC2 mae gy AUDIO pu Sy ae ST i ex Data All lt H N We AMPLPER cu anesan puinen SS NN ka a oofunsusene gt PESANS mel cheats qu ti i FS i ES 47 Wu 272 mna ms LA 1 mu 21 four Sw Sense PEWANS 850m i ve mos p rr p 55 pesans 150k caso cas 1 E I mmo mu 5 lt 1 PRE EMPHASIS MET te E E Ao 20 moss v SPLATTER FILTER EA i seiu pasoeroca wv SOURCE 7 pes E S k saf pez T 3 i a PC w mem Ses S jt E ey seve vec Ph M 2 E BS sum s i 3 m E cms 4 i lacis ase 7 ka L E gt 5 an si E CE moi 28 27 8 9 7 19 12 14 29 2 1 0 2 3 16 2 12 ee i To T3 7 E PR x 4 7 i J J a 9999999 2 9 54238 USA 388338334492 E 4 EI 942989 13 Ti or 13 TRANSMIT DATA i 22942523 331233 8 see jo as 5 3 2 3 8484 2 1 235373 i E m lt lt i m 844 i Lp svenon gt m mar ar kar menoa PLI VE LOW PASS FILTER 140211 Hz 7 a Sausich votages measured in Test mode i H apis in 3 H DATA Dis Clock Out ih Group 1 selected No ti
60. Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AUDIO LOGIC DESCRIPTION ALL MODELS NAND gates U104A and U104D provide gating of the write signal to U108 Data is written to this device only during Flash programming Therefore when Flash programming occurs the Q3 output pin 16 of shift register U111 goes high which enables U104A A double inversion of the write signal then occurs and it is applied to the WE input of U108 Latch Programming U106 U110 U112 Decoder U106 provides chip select to octal latches U110 U111 and U112 When data is written to U106 address space a low signal is applied to chip select input G2A pin 4 and a high signal is applied to chip select input G1 pin 6 The three address bits applied to the A B and C inputs of U106 select one of the eight outputs When an output is selected it goes low Data is latched by U110 U112 on a rising edge of a clock signal from U106 Therefore when the U106 output is disabled data is latched The outputs of the latches are enabled when the OC input pin 1 is low and the outputs are a high impedance state when it is high 3 4 RECEIVE AUDIO DATA PROCESSING NOTE A block diagram of the audio and data processing circuitry is shown in Figure 3 3 3 4 1 AMPLIFIER U301B The demodulated receive audio data signal from limiter detector U201 in the receiver is applied to amplifier U301B The gain of this amplifier is controlled by analog switch U307B The gai
61. R5542 R555 and R532 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION Impedance matching between 0508 and 0509 is provided by L501 several capacitors and two sections of microstrip microstrip is described in the preceding section Resistor R523 lowers the Q of L501 to make it less frequency selective Q508 is powered by the switched battery supply AC signals are decoupled from this supply by 517 519 and ferrite bead EP500 Predriver Q509 is an RF power MOSFET The gate is biased at approximately one half the drain voltage by R519 and R522 Capacitors 512 516 C522 and C523 provide decoupling of AC signals R524 and R527 lower the Q of the input matching circuit which improves stability Supply voltage to Q509 is from the power control circuit described in Section 3 9 6 This circuit varies the supply voltage to change the power output of Q509 in order to maintain constant transmitter power output RF choke L500 ferrite bead EP501 and several capacitors isolate the power control circuit from RF signals Several capacitors and sections of microstrip on the drain of Q509 provide an output impedance of 50 ohms to the power amplifier board This stage provides a gain of approximately 10 dB resulting in a power input to the PA board of up to approximately 8 watts 3 9 3 DRIVER Q600 FINAL Q601 Driver Q600 on the power amplifier board is used with high power 40 watt versions
62. Schematic ere I EEG DERE 6 6 Programming Cable 597 2002 200 6 6 Component Locator Guides UHF RF Board 6 7 800 900 MHz RF Board 6 10 Audio Logic Board 6 12 430 470 MHz RF RF Board Schematic Revised Board 6 15 PA Board Schematic 25 6 15 RF Board Layout Revised 6 16 VCO Board 6 17 PA Board Layout 25 6 17 PA Board Schematic 40 6 18 PA Board Layout 40 6 19 RF Board Schematic Unrevised Board 6 20 RF Board Layout Unrevised Board 6 21 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 TABLE OF CONTENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS CONT D 470 512 MHz RF RF Board 6 22 PA Board Schematic 25 6 23 VCO Board 6 24 PA Board Layout 25W 6 24 PA Board Schematic 40W 6 25 PA Board Layout 40W 6 26 800 900 MHz RF RF Board Schematic 800 900 MHz 6 27 PA Board Schematic 15 6 27 RF Board Layout 800 2 6 28 RF Board Layout 900 2 6 29 VCO Board 6 30 PA Board Layout 15 6 30 PA Board Schematic 30W 6 31 PA Board Layout 30W 6 32 800 900 MHz Audio Logic Board 2
63. This provides a stable bias over changes in temperature Capacitors C813 C817 C827 and C844 decouple RF signals and a section of microstrip and C818 provide impedance matching with the transmit receive switch R832 lowers the Q of the microstrip to make it less frequency selective The transmit receive switch formed by CR801 CR802 and several other components switches the VCO signal to the receiver in the receive mode and the transmitter in the transmit mode CR801 and CR802 are PIN diodes similar to CR901 described in Section 3 10 2 Therefore they present a very low impedance when forward biased and a very high impedance when reverse biased These diodes are controlled by the Q2 signal from shift register U800 This signal is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive mode Therefore when the transmitter is keyed both Q805 and Q806 turn on and CR801 and CR802 are forward biased by the current flowing through Q806 R856 L800 CR801 CR802 R857 and Q805 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION This effectively AC grounds the receiver end of the quarter wave line through CR802 and C847 When one end of a quarter wave line is grounded the other end presents a high impedance to the quarter wave frequency Therefore the VCO signal is blocked from the receiver by the quarter wave line and has a low impedance path through CR801 to the transmitter In the receiv
64. X7R 10 50V cer smd 001 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 9 1 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 8 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 001 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V smd 9 1 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 6 8 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 22 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF NPO 2 50V cer smd 4700 pF NPO 2 50V cer smd 01 uF NPO 2 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 001 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 3 9 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 8 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd all others Pin switching diode Band switching diode Band switching diode 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 2624 479 510 3605 103 510 3605 102 510 3601 101 510 3601 919 510 3615 829 510 2624 109 510 3601 101 510 3605 102 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 2624 109 510 3601 689 510 3601 919 510 3615 689 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 2624 109 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3607 224 510 3617 103 510 3616 472 510 3617 103 510
65. and high for wideband channels February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION If a narrowband channel is selected a low signal is applied to the base of Q205 That transistor is then turned off and inverter Q206 turned on CR209 CR210 are then forward biased and CR207 CR208 reverse biased This routes the 450 KHz IF signal through Z202 and blocks it from Z206 If a wideband channel is selected the opposite occurs For more information on the operation of PIN diodes refer to Section 3 11 1 The filtered 450 MHz IF signal is then applied to pin 18 amplified by an internal amplifier and fed back out on pin 16 and applied to ceramic filter Z205 This filter is identical to Z206 and provides additional attenuation of wideband noise The loss introduced by each ceramic filter is approximately 12 dB Limiter Detector The signal from Z205 is applied to an internal limiter connected to pin 14 The limiter amplifies the 450 kHz signal and then limits it to a specific value to remove amplitude variations From the limiter the signal is fed internally to the quadrature detector An external phase shift network connected to pin 10 shifts the phase of one of the detector input signals 90 at 450 kHz the other input is unshifted in phase When modulation occurs the frequency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as does the phase of the shifted signal The detector which has no out
66. as is It is used only Summit or Viking HT GT trans ceivers to route audio to the internal speaker The other connector and wire assemblies in the kit can also be used if desired The red wire from pin 6 see Figure 2 4 is connected to a 13 6 volt source that is switched by the vehicle ignition switch Connect this wire using the included fuseholder and 1 amp fuse Be sure to install the fuse as close as possible to the connection point so that it provides optimum short circuit protection 2 4 4 CONNECTING HORN ALERT WIRE NOTE The horn alert feature is not available with SMARTNET SmartZone models To utilize the horn alert the horn alert output of the accessory connector is connected and special programming is required When the horn alert sounds pin 4 of the accessory connector goes low The disabled condition is a high impedance state Maximum sink current of the horn alert output is 500 mA Therefore some type of horn alert driver circuit is usually required If connecting to a relay a diode should be connected across the relay coil with the cathode toward the battery side This protects Q100 on the audio logic board when the relay de energizes The horn alert output is connected by using one of the 22 or 2 foot wire assemblies included in the Accessory Wire Kit Insert the pin of the wire assembly into the pin 4 slot of the connector as shown in Figure 2 4 Then connect the other end to the horn alert driver 2 4 5
67. cer smd 1 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 018 uF X7R k50V smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 3 6 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 2 2 uF 16V tantalum smd 3 0 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 10 pF 250V mini mica 12 pF 250V mini mica 18 pF 250V mini mica 30W 800 MHz 12 pF 250V mini mica 30W 900 MHz 18 pF 250V mini mica 30W 800 MHz 15 pF 250V mini mica 30W 900 MHz 1 0 to 4 5 pF smd var 3 3 pF 10 50V high g smd 800 MHz models only 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 330 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 5 20 Description 150 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 10 uF 16V tantalum smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 001 uF X7R 410 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 SOV cer smd 5 6 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 100 pF NPO 5 SOV cer smd 001 uF X7R 410 50V cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 12 pF NPO 5 cer smd 800 MHz models 5 6 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 39 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 0 1 uF X7R 5 50V cer smd 01 uF NPO 2 50V cer smd 4700 pF NPO 2 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd 39
68. data is downloaded to the transceiver by the programming software described in Section 4 A second microcontroller U2 on the display board controls the front panel display and tri color indicator and also detects the option switch Select switch and microphone on off hook state Control information is exchanged between U101 and this microcontroller via a serial bus The use of a second microcontroller minimizes the number of interconnec tions that are required between the audio logic and display boards The operating program for this micro controller is permanently stored on the chip and cannot be changed 3 1 5 RECEIVER The receiver is a double conversion type with the following intermediate frequencies UHF Models 45 MHz and 450 kHz 800 MHz Models 52 950 MHz and 450 kHz 900 MHz Models 45 MHz and 450 kHz Two bandpass filters in the front end attenuate the image half IF injection and other frequencies outside the selected receive band Receiver selectivity is enhanced by a four pole crystal filter and two 450 kHz ceramic filters 3 1 6 TRANSMITTER The transmitter amplifies the synthesizer signal to produce a power output of up to either 25 or 40 watts UHF or 15 or 30 watts 800 900 MHz at the antenna jack Frequency modulation of the transmit signal is performed by modulating the synthesizer TCXO and VCO frequencies A control circuit senses forward power to maintain constant power output It also senses final a
69. desired The remote 15 watt speaker can be used instead of the internal speaker It is non amplified and weather resistant and has a 6 ft cable It plugs into the external speaker jack in the back panel with both front and remote mount applications and the internal speaker is automatically disabled when it is used Remote Mounting Components The remote conversion kit converts the front panel of a front mount high tier transceiver to a remote control unit It includes a blank front cover for the transceiver a housing and 5 ft control cable for the front panel and a 1 ft pigtail cable for connecting the control unit to the transceiver If the control unit is to be mounted more than approximately 6 feet from the transceiver the 11 ft extension cable is required see Figure 2 2 Accessory Cable The 003 pigtail cable installs in the transceiver and the wire kit is used to connect accessories to this cable Included in the wire kit are two 22 ft and three 2 ft wire assemblies that can be used as desired The accessory cable is required if such things as ignition switch control of power or the horn alert are used Refer to Section 2 4 for installation information Data Accessory Cable The 001 cable assembly includes a data pigtail cable that plugs into J301 on the audio logic board and also the accessory pigtail described above The 005 cable assembly is a data cable only without the accessory cable Neither cable include
70. function is not used no transceiver modifications are required and this section can be skipped However then be sure that the Ignition Sense Delay Time is set to Forever Infinite If it is not improper transceiver operation may result when starting the vehicle General When the ignition sense line is connected the following additional functions are provided The transceiver turns on and off with the vehicle ignition switch if the front panel power switch is on The horn alert LTR Net Multi Net may be auto matically disabled when the ignition switch is on Atransceiver power turn off delay can be programmed Standby current receive mode audio squelched is about 1 ampere With LTR Net models the de registration message is sent and settings saved see NOTE on page 2 3 Removing R170 When the ignition sense function is used resistor R170 on the audio logic board must be removed The general location of this resistor is shown in Figure 2 3 and the exact location is shown in Figure 2 5 Care fully remove R170 taking care not to damage board traces or adjacent components Figure 2 5 R170 Location Diagram February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Installing Ignition Sense Wire Assembly The ignition sense input is connected using the connector with the 22 foot red wire pre installed in pin 6 The white jumper between pins 1 and 3 is not used with this transceiver so it can be clipped off or left
71. loop frequency to be 5 or 8 times the channel spacing Modulo 8 is used to allow 6 25 kHz 12 5 kHz channel spacing The fV input is produced by dividing down the VCO frequency applied to the RF IN input The first divider is a prescaler which is a special counter capable of operating at relatively high frequencies This counter divides by 64 and 65 in this application This divides a signal in the 400 MHz range down to approximately 6 MHz For each main divider output pulse the prescaler divides by 65 for a certain number of pulses and then 64 for an additional number of pulses The number counted in each mode is deter mined by the programming of the and divide numbers The basic operation is as follows The main divider begins counting down from the number Then when zero is reached it begins counting down from the N number until zero is reached The cycle then repeats While it is counting down the number the prescaler divides by 65 and while it is counting down the N number it divides by 64 To illustrate the operation of these dividers an example will be used Assume a transmit frequency of 450 750 MHz is selected Since the VCO oscillates on the transmit frequency in the transmit mode this is the frequency that must be produced by the VCO To produce this frequency the N and divide numbers are programmed as follows N 83 55 To determine the overall divide number
72. matched to Q651 by a section of microstrip C651 C652 and C653 Class C bias of Q651 is provided by L651 The unswitched battery supply applied to Q651 is isolated from RF by L602 EP601 and several capacitors Impedance matching is provided on the output by C654 C656 C614 and two sections of microstrip 3 12 3 ANTENNA SWITCH The antenna switch circuit consists of Q602 CR602 CR604 several other components and also a quarter wave section of microstrip and CR200 on the RF board This circuit switches the antenna to the receiver in the receive mode and the transmitter in the transmit mode Switching transistor Q602 is controlled by the transmit signal from the Q7 output pin 11 of shift register U801 This is the same signal that controls transmit 8 volt supply switch Q505 Q504 This signal is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive mode Therefore Q602 turns on in the transmit mode and current flows from the collector of Q601 through R610 R609 CR604 L604 CR602 R602 and L602 In addition 8 volts is applied through R200 to CR200 located at the input of the receiver on the RF board CR200 CR602 and CR604 are PIN diodes like CR901 described in Section 3 10 2 When PIN diode is forward biased it presents a very low impedance Therefore in the transmit mode the transmit signal has a low impedance path to the antenna through CR602 and coupling capacitor C621 The signal is blocked from the receiver by two ground
73. models 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 47 10V tantalum smd 1 uP X7R 410 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 33 X7R 10 16V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 410 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 1 UF X7R 410 50V cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 5 6 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 16 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 1 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 4 3 pF NPO 5 50V smd 10 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 5 19 Description 39 pF NPO 5 50V smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 1 6 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 1 uF 10 50V X7R cer smd 1 uF 16V tantalum smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 10 uF 25V tantalum smd 470 uF 25V electrolytic 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 10 uF 25V tantalum smd 470 uF 25V electrolytic 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 39 pF NPO 5 50V smd 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd
74. ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd Thermistor 10k ohm 5 95 3k ohm 1 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm trimmer smd 8 06k ohm 1 1 8W smd PARTS LIST 569 0115 181 569 0115 181 569 0111 495 562 0138 472 569 0111 388 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd Switch rotary and push LCD controller HD66710 Microcontroller 68HC705P9 Regulator SV 1 2A 78M05 Scmitt trigger invrtr TC7S14 Rem pigtail cable control unit 5 ft Data accessory pigtail cable 1 ft Data only pigtail cable 1 ft Rem pigtail cable transceiver 1 ft Description UHF RF AND PA BOARDS 597 9800 011 Part No UHF RF AND PA BOARDS 0600 Stabilizer Bd Assembly 430 470 MHz 40W only includes 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 33 ohm 1W resistor 33 ohm resistor VCO module 430 470 MHz VCO module 470 512 MHz 33 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 27 PF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 3 6 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 5 1 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 47 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 023 9800 531 510 3606 103 569 0175 330 023 9840 931 023 9840 951 510 3615 330 510 3615 270 510 3601 101 510 3615 569 510 3615 369 510 3601 689 510 3615 519 510 3601 470 Description 39
75. ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 510 ohm 5 1 8W smd 510 ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd 15k ohm 5 1 8W smd 680 ohm 5 1 8W smd 390 ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 180 ohm 5 1 8W smd 47 ohm 5 1 8W smd 390 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 3 3k ohm 5 1 8W smd PARTS LIST 569 0105 271 569 0105 472 569 0105 561 569 0105 151 569 0105 271 569 0105 151 569 0105 271 569 0105 181 569 0105 101 569 0105 101 569 0105 222 569 0105 472 569 0105 001 569 0105 822 569 0105 001 569 0105 472 569 0105 472 569 0105 223 569 0105 223 569 0105 203 569 0105 203 569 0105 511 569 0105 511 569 0105 203 569 0105 203 569 0105 100 569 0105 153 569 0105 681 569 0105 391 569 0105 472 569 0105 181 569 0105 470 569 0105 391 569 0105 101 569 0105 101 569 0105 332 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 800 900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 2 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd 56k ohm 5 1 8W smd 27k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 330 ohm 5 1 8W smd 2 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 11 0k ohm 1 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 10 0k ohm 1 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 15k ohm 1 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1
76. only It is matched to the 50 ohms by several capacitors and sections of microstrip on the input Class C self bias is provided by L608 and ferrite bead EP603 From Q600 the signal is fed to final amplifier Q601 which is similar in design to Q600 Each stage has a gain of approxi mately 5 dB resulting in an output power from Q601 of approximately 55 watts The supply voltage to these stages is the unswitched battery supply Therefore power is applied even when transceiver power is turned off Two RF chokes a ferrite bead and several capacitors isolate this supply from RF signals Current to final amplifier Q601 flows through R600 and the power control circuit monitors transmitter current by sensing the voltage drop across it 3 9 4 ANTENNA SWITCH The antenna switch circuit consists of Q602 CR601 CR603 several other components and also a section of microstrip and CR200 on the RF board This circuit switches the antenna to the receiver in the receive mode and the transmitter in the transmit mode Switching transistor Q602 is controlled by the transmit signal from the Q7 output pin 11 of shift register U807 This is the same signal that controls transmit 8 volt supply switch Q506 Q507 This signal is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive mode Therefore Q602 turns on in the transmit mode and current flows from the collector of final amplifier Q601 through L601 CR601 R602 L606 R608 CR603 R609 and R610 Diode
77. slot wire out W301 Serial Peripheral Interface Port SPI OR Gate U103 This serial port is formed by the MOSI MISO and SCK pins 31 30 32 of the microcontroller It is a synchronous port which means that a clock signal is used to indicate when data on the data line is valid This port has both master and slave configurations and in this application the master configuration is always used In the master configuration the microcontroller generates the clock and other signals MOSI Master Out Slave In This is the serial data output for the port MISO Master In Slave Out This is the serial data input for this port SCK Serial clock output This pin provides the clock signal to all devices served by this port This port provides two way serial data communi cation with EEPROM U102 high tier and data models and microcontroller U2 on the display board high tier only In addition it provides programming data to the RF board for shift registers U800 and U801 digital potentiometer U802 and synthesizer IC U804 see Section 3 7 8 It also provides program ming data to shift register U305 on the audio logic board which controls the squelch level OR gates U103A D provide routing of the serial port signals to the RF and display boards When the PDS output pin 33 of the microcontroller goes low U103A and U103B route the data and clock signals to the RF board and shift register U305 Then when the Q4 output
78. the VCO is locked on frequency in the receive mode the output frequency should be the receive frequency 52 950 MHz 800 MHz models or the receive frequency 45 MHz UHF and 900 MHz models In the transmit mode it should be the transmit frequency If it is not locked on frequency it should be near the low end of its operating frequency range when the control voltage is low and near the high end of its range when the control voltage is high 4 3 4 SYNTHESIZER IC U804 Since U804 does not have output pins from the various counters their operation cannot be checked However the following signals can be checked to verify proper operation of U804 Ref Osc In pin 8 Check the reference oscillator output frequency and level as described in Section 4 3 2 VCO RF In pin 6 Check the VCO output as described in the preceding section VCO Control Voltage pins 13 14 If the VCO frequency is too low the signal on these pins should be high with very narrow negative going pulses Conversely if the VCO frequency is too high the signal should be low with very narrow positive going pulses Lock Detect Output pin 18 This output should be high when the synthesizer is locked on frequency and low when it is unlocked February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 4 3 5 DETERMINING SYNTHESIZER COUNTER DIVIDE NUMBERS NOTE For more information on the operation of the counters in U80 refer to Section 3 7 5 Overall Div No
79. the audio logic board The minimum frequency resolution is 6 25 or 10 kHz The frequency stability of the synthesizer is determined by the stability of TCXO U806 Temperature Compen sated Crystal Oscillator The TCXO has a frequency stability of 2 0 PPM UHF or 1 5 PPM 800 900 MHz from 22 to 140 30 to 460 C 3 1 4 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD Microcontroller U101 on the audio logic board provides transceiver control functions including synthesizer programming system and group scan data encoding and decoding squelch and gating of audio and data signals The audio logic board also has analog circuitry which provides filtering amplifica tion and other processing of the audio data and Call Guard signals The U101 operating program is stored in Flash EPROM U108 This type of memory can be repro grammed in the field using the standard programming setup and special programming software This allows the operating software to be easily updated without the need to change a microprocessor or EPROM Flash EPROM memory devices retain data indefinitely without the need for battery backup and can be repro grammed many times Parameters which change from transceiver to transceiver such as programmed system and groups and option key programming are also stored in the February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION POWER DISTRIBUTION ALL MODELS Flash EPROM and also EEPROM U102 This infor mation is programmed when
80. to the RF board and covered by a metal shield It uses a ceramic substrate that can easily be damaged by excessive heat therefore it is recom mended that modules which have been removed using a standard soldering iron not be reused In addition the VCO center frequency is set by laser tuning ceramic resonator L101 Therefore it is not possible to adjust this frequency if it changes as the result of changing a part For these reasons the VCO is considered not field serviceable Oscillator Q102 The VCO is formed by bipolar transistor Q102 ceramic resonator L101 and several capacitors and varactor diodes It oscillates at the transmit frequency in the transmit mode and 45 MHz below the receive frequency in the receive mode the first injection frequency Biasing of Q102 is provided by R108 and R112 and stabilization is provided by R114 Inductor L102 functions as an RF choke and an AC voltage divider formed by C112 C115 and C119 starts and maintains oscillation and matches Q102 to the tank circuit The tank circuit consists of laser tuned inductor L101 varactor diodes CR101 CR103 CR106 and several capacitors Inductor L101 is laser trimmed to February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION set the VCO to the center of the operating band when the control voltage is at its midpoint The output signal on the collector of Q102 is coupled by C108 to a cascode buffer amplifier f
81. version of the 98xx transceiver has a front panel that is blank except for the programming jack For servicing information on data models refer to the LTR manual just described The Multi Net version of the 98xx transceiver has a data interface that supports external data equipment For information on this interface and the serial control protocol it uses refer to the Multi Net manual described in the preceding section NOTE External data equipment is currently not supported by the LTR Net and SMARTNET SmartZone versions of this transceiver 1 2 TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION 1 2 1 GENERAL The 98xx series transceivers combine the latest two way radio features and technology into a rugged and dependable package for the business industrial and public safety markets These transceivers are digi tally synthesized microcomputer controlled and field programmable 1 2 2 AVAILABLE FREQUENCY BANDS UHF Models 430 470 MHz or 470 512 MHz models available All currently available models are dual bandwidth 12 5 25 kHz Therefore they can be programmed to operate on both types of channels Highpower 40W or medium power 25W models available 800 MHz Models Full band 806 824 MHz operation Allcurrently available models are dual bandwidth 12 5 25 kHz High power 30W and medium power 15W models available February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 900 MHz Models Full band 896 902 MHz operation
82. you need to call the repair lab about your unit These numbers are refer enced on the repair order making it easier and faster to locate your unit in the lab Return Authorization RA numbers are not necessary unless you have been given one by the Field Service Department RA numbers are required for exchange units or if the Field Service Department wants to be aware of a specific problem If you have been given an RA number reference this number on the Factory Repair Request Form sent with the unit The repair lab will then contact the Field Service Department when the unit arrives 1 9 REPLACEMENT PARTS EFJohnson replacement parts can be ordered directly from the Service Parts Department To order parts by phone dial the toll free number as described in Section 1 7 When ordering please supply the part number and quantity of each part ordered EFJohnson dealers also need to give their account number If there is uncertainty about the part number include the desig nator C512 for example and the model number of the equipment the part is from You may also send your order by mail or FAX The mailing address is as follows and the FAX number is shown in Section 1 7 E F Johnson Company Service Parts Department 299 Johnson Avenue P O Box 1249 Waseca MN 56093 0514 1 10 INTERNET HOME PAGE The E F Johnson Company has a site on the World Wide Web that can be accessed for information on the company about such things as p
83. 0 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION 3 9 5 DIRECTIONAL COUPLER LOW PASS FILTER The transmit signal is fed to a directional coupler formed by adjacent sections of microstrip The forward component of output power is rectified by CR602 and developed across R607 and fed to the power control circuit Reverse power is not detected in this transceiver From the directional coupler the transmit signal is fed to a low pass harmonic filter formed by L602 L604 and several capacitors This filter attenuates harmonic frequencies occurring above the transmit band R603 dissipates static buildup on the antenna The ambient power amplifier temperature is sensed by thermistor R601 The resistance of a ther mistor decreases as temperature increases R601 and R143 on the audio logic board form a voltage divider and the voltage across this divider is monitored by an A D converter input of the microcontroller pin 63 If the PA temperature increases above limits set in soft ware the power is first cut back Then if it continues to rise the transmitter 1s turned off 3 9 6 POWER CONTROL U500A B Q500 Q503 Introduction The power control circuit maintains a constant power output as changes occur in temperature and voltage It does this by varying the supply voltage to predriver Q509 unrevised 430 470 MHz or third amplifier Q511 all others This changes the power output of that stage which in turn controls the power outp
84. 0 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 330 ohm 5 1W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8 smd 15W models 2k ohm 5 1W smd 30W models 100 ohm 5 1 8 smd 430 ohm 5 1 8 smd 10 ohm 5 1 8 smd PARTS LIST 569 0115 101 569 0115 681 569 0115 100 569 0115 681 569 0105 511 569 0111 501 569 0105 102 569 0111 425 569 0111 461 569 0105 103 569 0111 472 569 0111 385 569 0111 409 569 0105 331 569 0135 101 569 0105 104 569 0105 224 569 0105 224 569 0105 224 569 0135 101 569 0135 101 569 0105 472 569 0115 103 569 0175 331 569 0105 101 569 0175 202 569 0105 101 569 0115 431 569 0115 100 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description 430 ohm 5 1 8 smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm jumper Zero ohm jumper Zero ohm jumper 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm jumper 560 ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm jumper 15k ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz model
85. 0 330 7 De 7R 01uF FR 100 7 DRIVER L605 Q601 C641 138 Q600 4 C627 4402 Tx RF From J602 33 a 4402 27 C524 On RF e j 4 qe C647 C633 C645 C632 C615 T 75 C644 E 247722547 AR 56 75 662 25 C64 70657 Eka See Tm 58 C638 12 1608 56 43 teo N 56 C637 C634 C635 C636 777 777 777 277 777 277 777 777 18 277 2277 33 33 777 EP603 2 EP602 177 PA BOARD SCHEMATIC 40W 430 470 MHZ February 2001 6 18 Part No 001 9800 001 D I o 7094 Boss gis 3 C649 C653 R612 R600 J601 10940 EP600 800 C605 A533 Stablization Board 430 470 MHz Only PA BOARD LAYOUT 40W 430 512 MHZ February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 P P WITH 47d8m P P WITH 47dBm
86. 0 470 MHz PNP general purpose all others NPN 50W amplifier NPN 50W amplifier NPN general purpose amp NPN low noise amp NPN low noise med power amp 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 3 9k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 330 ohm 5 1 8W smd 430 470 MHz 270 ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 512 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd 390 ohm 5 1 8W smdl 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 3 3k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 270 ohm 5 1 8W smd 18 ohm 5 1 8W smd 270 ohm 5 1 8W smd 8 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 576 0003 658 576 0003 612 576 0004 402 576 0004 402 576 0003 658 576 0001 300 576 0003 636 569 0105 102 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 102 569 0105 392 569 0105 101 569 0105 472 569 0105 471 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 331 569 0105 271 569 0105 103 569 0105 391 569 0105 473 569 0105 103 569 0105 101 569 0105 101 569 0105 102 569 0105 332 569 0105 472 569 0105 102 569 0105 271 569 0105 180 569 0105 271 569 0105 822 569 0105 001 569 0105 47
87. 0 MHZ PA BOARD SCHEMATIC 25W 430 470 MHZ February 2001 6 15 Part No 001 9800 001 bs G BH 573 574 14 226 U806 Reference Oscillator RF BOARD LAYOUT 430 512 MHZ February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 6 16 6621 C621 ma 2250 C614 7094 608 470 512 MHz Only 0099 1099 CR600 2612 ES 1602 e IO o gt 601 10985 W107 W102 w108 W101 W103 W106 W100 W104 W105 W115 W111 W109 W112 W110 W113 W114 VCO BOARD LAYOUT 430 512 MHZ 430 470 MHz 470 512 MHz P1 PA BOARD LAYOUT 25W 430 512 MHZ February 2001 6 17 Part No 001 9800 001 Rx RF To Receiver
88. 00 688 542 9000 688 542 9000 278 542 1012 010 542 9000 228 542 9003 277 542 0030 005 542 0030 006 5 12 Description ST 18 5 nH smd air core inductor unrevised 430 470 MHz 3T 24 AWG 080 id inductor revised 430 470 MHz 2T 24 AWG 080 id inductor 470 512 MHz 12 5 nH smd air core inductor unrevised 430 470 MHz 3T 24 AWG 080 id inductor revised 430 470 MHz 2T 24 AWG 080 id inductor 470 512 MHz 35 5 nH smd air core inductor unrevised 430 470 MHz 2T 24 AWG 080 id inductor all others IT 2 5 nH sm air core inductor 8 0 nH smd air core inductor unrevised 430 470 MHz 2T 24 AWG 080 id inductor all others 8 0 nH smd air core inductor unrevised 430 470 MHz 35 5 nH smd air core inductor all others 8 0 nH smd air core inductor 430 470 MHz 4T 1 ID inductor 4T 1 ID inductor 4T 080 ID inductor 3T 060 ID inductor 430 470 MHz 3T 1 ID inductor 470 512 MHz 3T 1 ID inductor 430 470 MHz 3T 12 ID inductor 470 512 MHz 4T 1 ID inductor 1 ID inductor TT 35 5 nH air core inductor 430 470 MHz 40W 9T 35 5 nH air core inductor all others 9T 35 5 nH air core inductor PARTS LIST Part No 542 0030 005 542 0030 003 542 0030 002 542 0030 004 542 0030 003 542 0030 002 542 0030 009 542 0030 002 542 0030 001 542 0030 003 542 0030 002 542 0030 003 542 0030 009 542 0030 003 542 0020 044 542 0020 044 542 0
89. 020 034 542 0020 013 542 0020 043 542 0020 043 016 0020 053 542 0020 044 542 0020 043 542 0030 007 542 0030 009 542 0030 009 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 22 nH inductor 12 nH inductor 39 nH inductor 120 isodamp foam Shim substrate 1 4 in coil shield 1 4 in coil shield 1 4 in coil shield Heat sink sleeving 430 470 MHz Can VCO Power connector assembly dual PC board RF Unrevised 430 470 MHz All others PC board PA 430 470 MHz 25 watt 470 512 MHz 25 watt 40 watt PNP general purpose NPN low noise medium power N channel dual MOSFET PNP general purpose NPN low noise med power amp NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors VHF UHF amp PNP power Darlington unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN low noise amp all others NPN general purpose unrevised 430 470 MHz PNP power Darlington all others NPN general purpose NPN general purpose unrevised 430 470 MHz PNP general purpose all others PNP general purpose unrevised 430 470 MHz 542 9003 227 542 9003 127 542 9003 397 018 1132 019 010 0345 450 578 0003 001 578 0003 001 578 0003 001 016 2229 001 017 2225 752 023 4110 012 035 9840 200 035 9840 250 035 9843 500 035 9843 550 035 9844 520 576 0003 612 576 0003 636 576 0006 234 576 0003 612 576 0003 636 576 0003 616 576 0003 616 576 0003 634 576 0007 013 576 0001 300 576 000
90. 03 569 0105 102 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 102 569 0105 103 569 0105 102 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd all others ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 120 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 680 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 1 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 120 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 2 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 47 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 569 0105 224 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 122 569 0105 103 569 0105 121 569 0105 68 1 569 0105 473 569 0105 102 569 0105 102 569 0105 224 569 0105 473 569 0105 103 569 0105 472 569 0105 122 569 0105 103 569 0105 121 569 0105 101 569 0105 473 569 0105 272 569 0105 102 569 0105 470 569 0105 473 UHF RF AND PA
91. 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 15k ohm 1 1 8W smd 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd 11 0k ohm 1 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 10 0k ohm 1 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 1 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd 56 ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 120 ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 51 ohm 5 1 8W smd 5 1k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 569 0105 101 569 0105 101 569 0105 101 569 0105 103 569 0115 101 5 23 Description 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 680 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd 680 ohm 5 1 8W smd 510 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 1 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 17 8k ohm 1 1 8W smd 42 2k ohm 1 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 54 9k ohm 1 1 8W smd 7 5k ohm 1 1 8W smd 12 1k ohm 1 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 030 ohm 2W 5 smd ww all 15W 800 MHz 30W 015 ohm 2W 5 smd ww 900 MHz 30W 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd 330 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 75W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd 220k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 75W smd 100 ohm 5 75W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd Ik ohm 59
92. 1 800 900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS Description Potentiometer 4 chnl AD8403 Op amp dual 2904 Synthesizer SA7025 TCXO 14 85 MHz 2 0 ppm 450 kHz 9 kHz bw ceramic filter 45 MHz 4 pole crystal filter 450 khz 20 kHz bw ceramic filter 450 khz 20 kHz bw ceramic filter Description 544 0004 211 544 2019 004 544 3954 027 518 7009 523 532 2006 034 532 0009 027 532 2004 013 532 2004 013 800 900 MHZ RF AND PA BOARDS A 020 Pwr connector assembly includes 001 uF 500V feedthrough Contact 2 Shield Connector body 13 AWG tinned copper wire Stabilization board Q651 800 900 MHz 30W only includes 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uH smd inductor 33 ohm resistors VCO module 800 MHz VCO module 900 MHz 12 pF NPO 5 cer smd 800 MHz models 10 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 900 MHz models 8 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 1 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 2 2 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 900 MHz models 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 56 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 5 18 Description 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF 5 NPO SOV cer smd 30 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 800 MHz models 16 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 39 pF 590 NPO 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer sm
93. 1 pins 18 17 and 16 respectively The data signal includes LTR and Call Guard signaling and the wideband data signal if used comes directly from an external device such as a modem and does not pass through the limiting and filtering circuitry The levels of the audio and data signals are set by digitally controlled variable resistors in U802 These resistors are adjusted in 256 steps by serial data from the microcontroller see Section 3 3 1 The transmit audio signal is applied to pins 2 and 4 which are the wiper and one end of a potentiometer It is fed out on pin 3 which is the other end of the potentiometer see Figure 3 7 Likewise the data signal is fed in on pins 22 and 24 and out on pin 23 These variable resistors set the modulation level of the audio and data signals and also allow the microcontroller to provide frequency compensation This compensation is required because modulation tends to increase as the VCO frequency increases tank circuit capacitance decreases The output signals on pin 23 and 3 are then combined with the wideband data signal and applied to summing amplifier U803 The output signal from U803 is then applied to the reference oscillator on pin 1 and also across the potentiometer connected to pin 19 of U802 The output on pin 18 is applied to the VCO on pin 5 This modulates both the reference oscillator and VCO The resistor across pins 19 and 18 of U802 adjusts the balance of these signals 3 10 4
94. 1 kHz with 60 deviation 1 3 dB per octave de emphasis per standard TIA 50 ohms TRANSMITTER Medium power version 15 watts adjustable to 2 15 watts High power version 30 watts adjustable to 10 30 watts 70 dB 45 dB 25 kHz 38 dB 12 5 kHz 25 kHz 16KOF3E voice 19K6F1D data NPSPAC 14KOF3E voice 17K6FID data Less than 5 at I kHz with 40 modulation 6 dB per octave pre emphasis per standard TIA 50 ohms 20 standard TIA February 2001 1 7 Part No 001 9800 001 GENERAL INFORMATION 900 MHz 989x SPECIFICATIONS The following are general specifications intended for use in testing and servicing this transceiver For current advertised specifications refer to the specification sheet available from your sales representative Specifications are subject to change without notice Frequency Range Operating Modes Systems and Groups Selectable Mounting Location Transmit Receive Separation Channel Spacing Frequency Stability Dimensions Weight Power Requirement Current Drain FCC Compliance Sensitivity 12 dB SINAD Selectivity Spurious and Image Rejection Intermodulation Hum and Noise Maximum Frequency Spread Audio Power Output Audio Distortion Audio Response RF Input Impedance RF Power Output Spurious and Harmonic Emissions FM Hum and Noise Audio Modulation Audio Distortion Audio Frequency Response Maximum Frequency Spread RF Output Impedance Duty Cycle GENERA
95. 10 3615 279 510 3615 249 510 3601 759 510 3601 270 510 3601 151 510 3615 569 510 3615 220 510 3601 270 510 3605 103 510 3605 102 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3601 470 510 3601 759 510 3605 103 510 3601 360 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 2624 470 510 3606 104 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 Description 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 33 X7R 10 16V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 3 9 pF NPO 5 50V smd 430 470 MHz 4 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 1 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd all others 1 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd all others 1 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 6 8 uF 35V tantalum smd all others
96. 10 uF 25V tantalum smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd all others 1 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz PARTS LIST 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3602 100 510 3605 103 510 3631 334 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 399 510 3615 439 510 3601 101 510 3606 104 510 3606 104 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3606 104 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 2635 689 510 2627 100 510 3601 101 510 3606 104 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 1 uF X7R 10 50 cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 10 uF 25V tantalum smd all others 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 1 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd all others 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 10 uF 25V tantalum smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 50V smd all others 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 50V smd all others 220 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 100 pF NPO 5 50V
97. 15 569 Description 22 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 18 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 7 5 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 3 3 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 1 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 1 5 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 3 3 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 22 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 18 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 4 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 6 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 8 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 3 9 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 18 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 150 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd PARTS LIST 510 3615 220 510 3615 180 510 3615 100 510 3615 759 510 3601 339 510 3601 189 510 3615 159 510 3601 339 510 3615 279 510 3615 220 510 3615 180 510 3601 689 510 3615 569 510 3601 439 510 3615 339 510 3615 100 510 3615 689 510 3615 829 510 3615 569 510 3601 399 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3601 180 510 3601 151 510 3605 10
98. 2 90 2090 fe 8 009 L RF To Receiver N J603 Antenna Jack J501 J600 T R T gt 7 T 1 1 0 3 1 1 13 6 Rx 1 1 I Temperature R610 R609 L603 R608 C634 p 5 100 100 0033uH 220k 39 C629 R601 M 1 1 C630 JI i i 01uF 10k Q602 501 OnRF m Board 56 800 MHz rrent Sense eT EE ot 0 900 MHz 0628 0 8 Tx 777 lt 99 TW 0 Rx 1 1 W505 504 1 1 777 1604 to W503 W502 777 1 1 ANTENNA 58 I Forward Power SWITCH 177 dad R605 R603 LS 154 Unsw Bat Out 100k 330 1 1 R604 Unsw Out base C632 ass CR603 100 39 75 _ 0631 T 12 Ma HARMONIC FILTER 39 3 6A 15W 220k R602 C621 o s i 4 R613 7 1A 30W 220k 56 1 J601 100k C3 177 T 1 T CR602 1 12 4 Tx R612 R601 Casa C625 C620 C627 8607 1 TOM 1k 003800 MHz 25 39 75 men 39 220k L601 0 015 900 MHz 1 800 MHz ce26
99. 2 569 0105 472 5 14 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 510 ohm 5 1 8W smd 510 ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd 15k ohm 5 1 8W smd 680 ohm 5 1 8W smd 390 ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 180 ohm 5 1 8W smd 47 ohm 5 1 8W smd 390 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 3 3k ohm 5 1 8W smd 2 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd 56k ohm 5 1 8W smd 27k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd 330 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 430 470 MHz 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd 430 470 MHz 2 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd 430 470 MHz 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 512 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd PARTS LIST 569 0105 223 569 0105 223 569 0105 203 569 0105 203 569 0105 511 569 0105 511 569 0105 203 569 0105 203 569 0105 100 569 0105 153 569 0105 681 569 0105 391 569 0105 472 569 0105 181 569 0105 470 569 0105 391 569 0105 101 569 0105 101 569 0105 332 569 0105 222 569 0105 563 569 0105 273 569 0105 623 569 0105 103 569 0105 331 569 0115 101 569 0115 100 569 0105 222 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 1
100. 23 1504 016 SF 523 1504 023 7 523 1504 024 1 523 1504 032 523 1504 035 5 523 2016 120 2 523 2016 180 Y6 523 2016 339 W6 214 523 2016 519 72 523 2016 569 Z3 February 2001 6 1 Part No 001 9800 001 4 PTT HANGER o 53 HANGER 1 BLU NC 11235 13 8V 1 NC 15 6 NC MP3 MP2 Hwa HW 2 MP9 VA S MP7 14 EP4 HWA 2 6 AMPLIFIED DYNAMIC MICROPHONE SCHEMATIC AND MECHANICAL PARTS Part No 250 0740 300 February 2001 6 2 Part No 001 9800 001 Audio Logic Board gt ka 1 ja C dif 10 nd 4 e peter Pl nr S m T unn d 4 K ju H koo ex TRANSCEIVER BOTTOM PHOTO 800 MHZ 30W SHOWN February 2001 6 3 Part No 001 9800 001 PA BOARD UNSW BAT POWER AG UNSW BAT GND GND TEMP CUR SENSE TRANSMIT FORWARD PWR EXCITER RF RF BOARD 2501 UNSW BAT TRANSMIT UNSW BAT UNSW BAT GND GND GND GND 8 4 TEMP SW BAT 10 5 RF STROBE 12 6 SERIAL DATA 14 7 CUR SENSE TRANSMIT FORWARD TX WB DATA 16 H Fm TX AUDIO 18 9 RX AUDIO 20 10 EXCITER RF H RSSI 19 11 TX DATA 17 12 LOCK DET 15 13 ANTENNA JACK SERIAL CLOCK 48 144 av 151 9 16 GND 7 ON OFF CTRL
101. 28 lt vore ENT OFF TER s 1 NNI ipe 8 cu Fr E wap PH Tes wm lester mr FRP PAPP TT area i R I fel mf 7 We kes ON elem dene ler Jono le Joe Lono Snos i sem omg E ci 1 1 100k 0514 BV TX SWITCH m v S 1 Pd v i oss 542 E 1 1 Yt i NE cur MI i at cms 13 3 OFF 1 OFF UNSWBAT F500 PH i i 79 L Sn EN all Ou i 129 OFF 4 cnan 2 CURRENT SENSE w e nann E i Dus L V L UNSW BAT Wor 8600 UNSW BAT E Ciri 1 9817 i x semana 3612 43 ar d 17 POWER i re mun om T T osse a i ve ar Ee SS Save ur Sie K L 99 H 5 CEST 2 4i 137 OFF TL KI s cines mak E Twp osa ons J deles osia Lowe ES CL our ss FIRST AMP cun on cst SRT 3 R FINAL AMP pit E Er ZL E cum L osas i Sue c i ki 1 3 css less osas cse L loser ak cem N jo ss Is ET c ris s X EE N 42 zu 1506 RF BOARD SCHEMATIC REVISED 430 47
102. 3 510 3601 101 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 9 1 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 8 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 9 1 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 6 8 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 3 3 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 2 4 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 7 5 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 27 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 150 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 22 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 27 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 001 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 47 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 7 5 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 36 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 47 uF 10V tantalum smd 1 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV smd 510 3601 689 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3601 919 510 3615 829 510 3601 919 510 3615 689 510 3601 339 5
103. 3 658 576 0007 013 576 0003 658 576 0003 658 576 0003 612 576 0003 612 Description NPN general purpose all others NPN general purpose NPN low noise amp unrevised 430 470 MHz PNP general purpose all others NPN low noise amp unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN general purpose all others NPN UHF 1 5W amp unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN gernal purpose all others N channel FET UHF 7W amp unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN low noise amp all others PNP med power switch unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN low noise amp all others N channel RF power MOSFET 470 512 MHz NPN high current amp unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN UHF 10W amp all others NPN low noise amp unrevised 430 470 MHz PNP med power switch all others PNP general purpose unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN low noise amp all others NPN low noise amp unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN high current amp all others PNP general purpose unrevised 430 470 MHz NPN low noise amp all others PARTS LIST 576 0003 658 576 0003 658 576 0003 618 576 0003 612 576 0003 618 576 0003 658 576 0004 401 576 0003 658 576 0006 120 576 0003 618 576 0002 057 576 0003 618 576 0006 450 576 0006 027 576 0002 070 576 0001 300 576 0002 057 576 0003 612 576 0001 300 576 0001 300 576 0006 027 576 0003 612 576 0001 300 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description NPN general purpose unrevised 43
104. 4 RS 232 TTL CONVERTER C3 voc vec J4 NNN bicis Sa U004 Va J MAX232 SERIAL PORT GND R20 i CR7 2 lt R22 10k dc v _ D M 15 L mw 201 3 WW 1 GND 13 TDi vy 4 lt w i ais 12V REGULATOR a 6 U 5 NC 470 i i DTR 5 BATTERY Fa 2 5 LM7L12 4 Ka E 9 oe PE 76 C15 C14 10 i E i o o 47 5 7 DSRi Fe C NEG c2 NEG lt g i R25 8 i GND 10K R2 OUT R2 IN i 7 12 VPP T2 IN T2 OUT 3 9 vw CRG j R19 vcc pa 4 1 9 10K 10k 977 5 3 BATTERY 10 8 6 4 2 5V REGULATOR PAA cre NG SOURCE vi AN A veg MC78M05 S qe 43 DC POWER JACK N CRI 6 OUT IN e 0 gt e RT GND i i 3658 colt cal 65 th 10 2 10 E 10 CR2 J5 vec d m m CR3 RXD 8 T A fe 2 GND R27 9 1k CURRENT Ri DC DC CONVERTER m UDIO OUT LIMITER 22k u i L1 Ws HANGER BS og 20nH RI RED 9 3 R26 6026 uz 5 I 20V PROG 1 R15 MC33063 DS1 E 47 w n e CR5 A I BATTERY CR10 62 p OE tL N GRN T 47 4 R10 RX AUDIO IN 5 i AN Jh 22k 3657 5 47 5k R11 EE We Boe 180 Rs we 4 47 AO OM 1 T 1 R16 1k ar y R6 m H A 1234568 01 22k 3 01 p i 1 1 b 1001 Je
105. 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 33 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 1 5k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 100k ohm 1 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 1 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 51 ohm 5 1W smd all others 17 8k ohm 1 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 510 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 42 2k ohm 1 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 54 9k ohm 1 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100k ohm 1 1 8W smd all others 7 5k ohm 1 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 12 1k ohm 1 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D 569 0105 180 569 0115 150 569 0105 511 569 0105 103 569 0105 104 569 0105 330 569 0105 104 569 0105 152 569 0111 501 569 0105 122 569 0105 102 569 0175 510 569 0111 425 569 0105 511 569 0111 461 569 0105 104 569 0105 103 569 0105 104 569 0111 472 569 0111 501 569 0111 385 569 0115 101 569 0111 409 Description 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd 17 8k ohm 1 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 42 2k 1 1 8W smd all others ohm
106. 5 18 TEMP 1931 SYNTH STROBE 10 PART OF DATA CABLE PART NO 597 8800 001 005 WHT 1 i GRN Leg e 1 YEL 1 1 61 16 8 67 BLU ML ORN gt i 5 1 GRY Kee DEALER CONFIGURED i 5 1 N CONNECTOR pg WHT GRN Kod WHT BLK aie 1 1 1 WHT BLU M RED lel BLK PURPLE N i PINK INPUT 3 PTT TRANSMIT RX OUT 1 RX IN 1 TX OUT 1 TX IN 6 J3 OUTPUT 19 1 GND J2 20 2 7 P12 1 12 1 RI 1358B 7A 24 6 INTERFACE J1 BOARD LAYOUT AUDIO LOGIC BOARD TRANSMIT UNSW BAT GND GND SW BAT RF STROBE SERIAL DATA TX WB DATA TX AUDIO RX AUDIO RSSI TX DATA LOCK DET SERIAL CLOCK av TX ON GND ON OFF CTRL TEMP SYNTH STROBE SW BAT RX FILTER TX FILTER RD TRANSMIT INPUT 2 EXT SERV ROST OPTION 1 OUTPUT C POWER SW av OPTION I WIRE OUTS SPKR 4 SPKR GND DISPLAY CLOCK DISPLAY DATA IN DISPLAY DATA OUT VOL WIPER GND GND RESET SW BAT SW BAT RxD TxD SERV ROST RX AUDIO GND KT PROG 1 MIC AUDIO POWER SW OPTION 2 WIRE OUTS wa w302 watt Wai2 w303 w313 W304 W305 W306 w307 W314 315 wate Wat w308 w309 318 w319 w310 000000000 w320 SW BAT IGN SENSE OUTPUT D SPKR OUT HORN HONK GND INTERFACE BOARD INTERNAL DISPLAY BOARD
107. 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 2 4 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 1 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 1 5 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 22 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 8 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 3 0 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 2 4 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 3 3 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 2 4 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 1 8 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 1 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 4 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V smd 430 470 MHz 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 510 3601 339 510 3615 249 510 3601 189 510 3615 159 510 3601 101 510 3601 689 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3615 220 510 3615 100 510 3615 829 510 3615 479 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 309 510 3615 249 510 3601 339 510 3615 249 510 3601 189 510 3615 169 510 3601 439 510 3615 339 510 3601 689 510 36
108. 5V VIN VOUT I gt VIEW ANGLE ADJUST SOURCE 8 vs VSOUT2 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 DISPLAY BOARD TOP VIEW c8 820 R41 Rep Dil E 81 To amp 0 C3 Ut U3 100 31 1 R24 E p BE 10 O 3 g mn R31 a 11 m R37 872 834 14 1 15 28 r lt z E 8 5 l l le l m 47 4 3 DISPLAY BOARD BOTTOM VIEW 6 5 E J3E 5 9 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 O N 5 O R15 R14 R26 i R17 R18 i v A lt Orange CR5 1 Black gt 1 Red 2 lt 2 3 Green 4 lt js gt 4 7 4 2 N N Gre N SI 641 FY 156 8 4 B lt Brown SB 1 PROGRAMMING ce CABLE P N 597 2002 200 5 N gt 5 E C6 19 D E O P3 P
109. 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd PARTS LIST 569 0105 471 569 0105 103 569 0105 473 569 0105 471 569 0105 471 569 0105 473 569 0105 471 569 0105 471 569 0105 471 569 0105 103 569 0105 471 569 0105 103 569 0105 471 569 0105 473 569 0105 471 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0111 438 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 473 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 3 40k ohm 1 1 8W smd 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 45 1 8W smd 6 8k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 620 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 390k ohm 5 1 8W smd 180k ohm 5 1 8W smd 5 6k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd early versions 150k ohm 5 1 8W smd later versions 150k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 27k ohm 5 1 8W smd Thermistor 10k ohm 5 330k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm 5 1 8W smd AUDIO LOGIC BOARD CONT D Description 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 62k ohm
110. 80 Pins 5 and 6 of U500B are effectively connected across this resistor As current increases the voltage on U500B pin 6 decreases which causes the output voltage on pin 7 to increase The gain of each U500B input is set at ten by R509 R504 and R507 R502 Emitter biasing for Q501 is provided by R506 and R511 Normally the output voltage of U500B is not high enough to turn on Q501 However if current becomes excessive for example because of an antenna mismatch Q501 begins turning on This decreases the base voltage of Q502 which turns off Q500 slightly and cuts back power output 3 10 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz MODELS 3 10 1 INTRODUCTION The synthesizer block diagram is part of the RF PA board diagram shown in Figure 3 7 The synthe sizer output signal is produced by a VCO Voltage Controlled Oscillator located on a separate module attached to the RF board The frequency of the VCO is controlled by a DC voltage from the phase detector in synthesizer integrated circuit U804 The phase detector senses the phase and frequency difference between a highly stable signal from the reference oscillator fR and a frequency produced by dividing down the VCO signal fV When the signal from the VCO is the same as the reference frequency the VCO is on the correct frequency If the VCO derived signal is not the same the VCO control voltage increases or decreases to change the VCO frequency until they are the same Th
111. 9 017 2225 527 517 2503 010 517 2503 010 517 2503 010 010 0345 280 517 2503 001 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description Ferrite bead smd 430 470 MHz 055 ID x 015 teflon tubing Ferrite bead smd Ferrite bead smd Ferrite bead smd Ferrite bead smd Ferrite bead 296 x 296 4 amp fuse smd very fast blow Part No 517 2503 010 058 0053 515 517 2503 010 517 2503 010 517 2503 010 517 2503 010 517 2002 006 534 5000 140 Connector 2 x 10 pin male RF bd 515 7100 944 Connector 1 x 8 pin male RF bd Connector 8 pin female Antenna jack right angle 0 5in long smd resonator 0 5in long smd resonator 15 nH inductor 430 470 MHz 12 nH inductor 470 512 MHz 12 nH inductor 0 5in long smd resonator 47 nH inductor 430 470 MHz 56 nH inductor 470 512 MHz 0 5in long smd resonator 15 nH inductor 68 uH smd inductor 12 nH inductor 22 nH inductor 12 nH inductor 68 uH smd inductor 68 uH smd inductor 27 uH 5 smd inductor 455 kHz variable with cap 22 uH 5 smd Sm inductor ST 18 5 nH smd air core inductor unrevised 430 470 MHz 6T 17 5 nH smd air core inductor all others 515 7100 942 515 7102 115 515 3011 020 542 9004 005 542 9004 005 542 9003 157 542 9003 127 542 9003 127 542 9004 005 542 9003 477 542 9003 567 542 9004 005 542 9003 157 542 9000 688 542 9003 127 542 9003 227 542 9003 127 542 90
112. 9800 001 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD CONT D Description 047 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 UF X7R 10 50V cer smd 0033 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 0047 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 0068 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 20V tantalum smd 4 7 uF 20V tantalum smd 560 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 047 uF X7R 210 50V cer smd 56 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 20V tantalum smd 01 uF X7R 109 50V cer smd 1 UF X7R 410 50V cer smd 0033 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 0022 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 470 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 22 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 20V tantalum smd 047 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 22 uF 10 50V cer smd 22 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 20V tantalum smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 pF X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 470 pF X7R 10 50V smd 18V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 26 Description 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 5 6V
113. A 304 3 9 3 5 TRANSMIT AUDIO DATA PROCESSING 3 9 Microphone Amplifier U303B High Pass Filter 303 3 9 Summing Amplifier U303D Pre Emphasis INSTALLATION Limiter 17303 3 10 Splatter Filter U302B U302C 3 10 Transmit Data Circuit U302D U302A 3 10 2 36 3 10 37 SYNTHESIZER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION dieu M M Qu E UHF 5 3 11 Transceiver Programming 2 2 Introduction 3 11 Required Power Source 2 2 Voltage Controlled Oscillai 3 11 MOUNTING THE TRANSCEIVER 22 i Selecting A Moutiting Location 2 2 Active Filter Q800 Buffer Amplifier Q801 3 12 EUM ET NOR MEM VCO and TCXO Modulation 3 14 Installation 2 2 D des Synthesizer Integrated Circuit U804 3 14 Attaching Mounting Bracket 2 2 Lock Detect 3 15 POWER CABLE INSTALLATION 2 3 Charse ids ACCESSORY CABLE INSTALLATION 2 4 Shift Register U800 U801 and Digital General Goss eL es 2 4 Accessory Pigtail Installation 2 5 Potentiometer 0802 Programming 3 15 ee 3 8 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Connecting Ignition Sense Wire 2 5 B MODELS 3 16 Connecting Horn
114. C502 This circuit oper ates as follows Assume the output power attempts to increase The DC voltage applied to USOOA pin 2 then increases which causes the output voltage on pin to decrease Transistors Q502 and Q500 then turn off slightly which decreases the supply voltage to predriver Q509 or third amplifier Q511 The output power then decreases to maintain a constant power output R510 and R513 limit the voltage gain of Q500 and Q503 to approximately two Delayed PTT Transistor Q503 is used to delay power output for a short time after the transmitter is keyed This allows the synthesizer and the exciter to stabilize so that the transmitter does not transmit off frequency The signal which controls Q503 is from the Q2 output pin 17 of latch U111 on the audio logic board In the receive mode this output is low so Q503 is off Pin 2 of U500A is then pulled high by the 8 volt supply applied through R505 and CR503 This causes the output on pin 1 of U500A to go low which shuts off power to Q509 or Q511 Then when the transmitter is keyed the Q503 control signal goes high after a short delay Q503 then turns on and diode CR503 is reverse biased Only the forward power signal is then applied to pin 2 of U500A February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION Over Current Shutdown Current to final amplifier Q601 on the PA board is monitored by sensing the voltage drop across R6
115. CR103 is set by series capacitor C118 and varactor diode CR106 The control line is isolated from tank circuit RF by L103 and C122 The VCO is frequency modulated in a similar manner Another capacitance leg of the tank circuit is formed by C116 and CR101 The audio and data modulation signal is applied across varactor diode CR101 and a fixed bias from a voltage divider formed by R853 and R854 is applied through R851 to pin 5 Isolation and filtering of this DC supply is provided by C838 C839 C840 and R852 Refer to Section 3 7 4 for more information on modulation 3 7 3 ACTIVE FILTER Q800 BUFFER AMPLIFIER Q801 0800 functions as a capacitance multiplier to provide a filtered 5 5 volt supply to the VCO Resistor R827 provides bias and C814 provides the capaci tance that is multiplied CR800 decreases the time required to charge C814 when power is turned on If a noise pulse or other voltage change appears on the collector the base voltage does not change signifi cantly because of C814 Therefore base current does not change and the voltage on the emitter remains constant February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION 219 027 2150 ZHI 219 027 ZH 219 027 ZHN 219 027 6080 0150 gt gt gt pond 15114 pay L 9080 108 UOUMS ywisued Ag 20940 10980 eul JeAupaeJd euuejuy asuas queuin
116. E FIRST AMP 9 C520 5 1500 4 em an Ie 1 nur G we id 15 pd 0535 0545 0532 0546 0547 548 lk 1 se 7 EE NOTES 1 ALLRESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 6 22 RF BOARD SCHEMATIC 470 512 MHZ PA BOARD SCHEMATIC 25W 470 512 MHZ February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 SESH U806 Reference Oscillator s 125 Ezez ed LE SY C226 R209 og R206 C224 SE 201 8200 E 223 0029 RF BOARD LAYOUT 430 512 MHZ 6 23 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 C608 470 512 MHz Only 0099 1099 CR600 2612 1602 IO N 601 10985 W107 W102 w108 W101 W103 W106 W100 W104 W105 W115 W111 W109 W112 W110 W113 W114 VCO BOARD LAYOUT 430 512 MHZ 430 470 MHz 470
117. ER La aan Ton lt e L cem Ja cing H PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED lt om G xe T Sr pm ames i E ar n T 8 VALUE DETERMINED BY FREQUENCY RANGE REFER TO TABLE 1 HC T qu cm ime iam J 1 111 v 4 POWER AMP MODULE RF BOARD SCHEMATIC 800 900 MHZ PA BOARD SCHEMATIC 15W 800 900 MHZ February 2001 6 27 Part No 001 9800 001 517
118. FIER U303B HIGH PASS FILTER U303C The microphone audio signal is coupled by C349 to amplifier U303B which provides a gain of approxi mately two R410 R414 and C354 provide a bias voltage of approximately 3 2 volts on the nonin verting input An 8 volt supply voltage to the micro phone amplifier is provided by R401 C348 and R406 From U303B the microphone signal is coupled by C350 to a high pass filter formed by U303C and several other components This filter attenuates February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AUDIO LOGIC DESCRIPTION ALL MODELS frequencies below 300 Hz that could cause interfer ence with LTR data and Call Guard signals Gate U308B blocks the microphone signal when microphone audio is not transmitted such as during the data handshake to set up the call A high signal on pin 5 closes the gate and passes the signal This gate is controlled by the Q6 output pin 13 of latch U110 Transistor Q307 functions as an inverter and level translator 3 5 2 SUMMING AMPLIFIER U303D PRE EMPHASIS LIMITER U303A U303D amplifies the transmit audio signal and also the transmit data signal from an optional modem if one is used Jumper 398 is installed to route the modem signal to U303D and the filtering circuitry or jumper R399 is installed to route a wideband signal directly to the synthesizer so that it bypasses the filtering circuitry U308A closes when wideband 25 kHz channels are selec
119. Foam RF cavity RF cavity shield Heat sink sleeving Q509 Jumper strap Front panel assembly Front mount models Remote mount models Elastomeric key pad Key cap set M Net 5 caps Key cap set LTR Net 5 caps Key cap set SN SZ 5 caps Key cap set SN SZ 25 caps Control knob Membrane speaker Block acoustic Speaker gasket Can VCO Connector 2 pin right angle speaker harness PC board display incld in A400 PC board interface NPN general purpose NPN general purpose NPN general purpose NPN general purpose NPN general purpose NPN general purpose 5 2 Description NPN general purpose NPN UHF low noise Pot 50k ohm w push on sw 22 ohm 10 2W wire wound 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 590 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7 ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 180 ohm 5 1 8W smd 180 ohm 5 1 8W smd 68 ohm 5 1 8W smd 68 ohm 5 1 8W smd 22 ohm 5 1 8W smd 22 ohm 5 1 8W smd 22 ohm 5 1 8W smd 22 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k
120. IF signal strength which changes in proportion to changes in signal strength It is routed to an A D input of the microcon troller pin 59 and used along with the squelch signal to determine receive signal strength R259 C304 and R258 C303 provide low pass filtering and C305 and C306 decouple RF on the audio and RSSI output lines February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION 3 9 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF MODELS NOTE A transmitter block diagram is in Figure 3 4 3 9 1 FIRST AND SECOND AMPLIFIERS Revised 430 470 MHz and all 470 512 MHz Models The input signal to the exciter is the transmit frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthe sizer It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and is applied to first amplifier Q509 Impedance matching on the input of Q509 is provided by C540 C552 L503 C550 C551 and L504 Biasing is provided by R531 and R535 and C526 C527 and C521 C523 decouple RF signals Impedance matching on the output is provided by L501 C541 C555 and C556 Second amplifier Q510 is similar in design to Q509 These stages together produce about 20 dB of gain Power to 0509 is switched on in the transmit mode by Q506 and Q507 This switch is controlled by the microcontroller through the Q7 output pin 11 of shift register U801 This output is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive mode This signal also controls the antenna switch circuit on t
121. Kod m 450 kHz CERAMIC FILTERS N 20 om ue SM 11 4 bs 7 1 1 1 SYNTHESIZER VERDE mun DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER 55 0800 AW 81 lt R817 12 16 2 RTA 3 son 195 4201 2 Wes pem K Du dl x ze pn 3 gal os BUFFER AMPLIFIER i Lai A900 VCO MODULE s 1 bey sla n T us 1 Ste i gt 1 p meos Iria 1105 na BUTTER EE i 100 oups 58 1 e R833 68 3 Ai IE TT ae om S i3 mo 82 E Stobe In m Four R 100 100 100 100 100 RIS 492 i Ca Lei gt 2 i Str bI 300 2 le nes us ply EE CR105 1 R847 1 14850 MHz SYNTHESIZER TE 355 mur aa G 400mV cam L m 150 150 gt 68 e oman SUMMING ner osenLATOR 1 m mi E ja lo AMPLIFIER JETT wl i on voc mu mat nna En vos eel ms m D gt E ae an og e uos 3 sont n Sai Eaa p DATA 2 TO 3302 ON 4 gt DATA 0122 a eoe gt REIN 15 iue Bara lt Lock C835 C836 2 Tranamit Delayed PTT Rem our DOT sss pe 2 1802 1 o 2519 25
122. L Transmit 896 902 MHz Std 935 941 MHz conv talk around Receive 935 941 MHz LTR trunked and Conventional non trunked Low Tier Up to 16 system group combinations Mid Tier Up to 16 systems with up to 16 groups each High Tier Variable from 100 1 group to approx 40 16 group systems Dash low tier Dash or Remote high tier 39 MHz standard 0 MHz talk around 12 5 kHz 1 5 PPM from 22 to 140 30 to 460 C 2 1 x 6 0 x 7 5 HxWxD 3 5 lbs 1 59 kg 13 6 volts DC nominal negative ground 300 mA maximum receive standby 1 5 A maximum receive rated audio output 7 0 maximum transmit 15 W output 11 0 A maximum transmit 30W output Parts 15 and 90 RECEIVER 0 35 uV 65 dB 70 dB 70 dB 38 dB Any spread within the range 5 watts external 4 7 ohm speaker 3 watts internal 8 ohm speaker Less than 5 at 1 kHz with 60 deviation 1 3 dB per octave de emphasis per standard TIA 50 ohms TRANSMITTER Medium power version 15 watts adjustable to 2 15 watts High power version 30 watts adjustable to 10 30 watts 70 dB 40 dB 12 5 kHz 11KOF3E voice 11K6F1D data Less than 5 at I kHz with 40 modulation 6 dB per octave pre emphasis per standard TIA Any spread within the band 50 ohms 20 standard TIA February 2001 1 8 Part No 001 9800 001 INSTALLATION SECTION 2 INSTALLATION if 74 15 Sant d Ue
123. MP a so L cats com ms me i E 100 WF i 1 i se om cm om ons 775 if t T 1 d 1 i SYNTHESIZER ERES la DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER 55 0800 Yo tim m R817 12 16 2 s m drat 3 195 Jot icd 1955 Asp 03 pnn 1 ae t soe l i E el ams sald 5 ses os 1 3 gal y L coos BUFFER AMPLIFIER nus EM sls seo So ar dud Audio in 2 2 Y 1300 av gt 2 Sut i Los A900 VCO MODULE E i H m i sla n A P G 7 to Strobe i gt 1 5 p meos Iia 106 na BUTTER EE i m eni Ka G ES o uas 100 Sanna mesh a iier T t MEL E G LAST G anos om cur 1100 3 mo 18 ve 3 2 E N p TM FEN T nes n a 0800 309 wie T T i E i T ce mir i y gt 3651 C826 i nao 14 850 MHz SYNTHESIZER TC Shia mo Ies mal 0826 18 nm Aon mar T S00 13 glock in gt SUMMING REF OSCILLATOR our T 100 o T T AMPLIFIER 14 850 MHz A 527025 i tok ond G og DN Lad lucc mu ans one i nia E3 no
124. NP switching NPN low noise high freq NPN low noise high freq PNP switching NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors VHF UHF amp PNP power Darlington NPN general purpose NPN general purpose NPN general purpose PNP switching NPN general purpose NPN low noise amp NPN 750 mW UHF 800 MHz amp PNP switching NPN general purpose PNP med power amp switch NPN low noise amp NPN high current NPN low noise amp PNP switching PNP switching xstr NPN general purpose NPN 806 870 MHz 45W amp NPN low noise amp NPN low noise high freq PNP switching NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors PNP switching 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 220 ohm 5 1 8W smd 18 ohm 5 1 8W smd 270 ohm 5 1 8W smd 569 0105 101 569 0105 472 569 0105 221 569 0105 180 569 0105 271 Description 270 ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7 ohm 5 1 8W smd 560 ohm 5 1 8W smd 150 ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 270 ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 39 ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 18 ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 150 ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 270 ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 180 ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 2 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm jumper 8 2k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm jumper 4 7k
125. NPO 50V cer smd 6 8 uF 35V tantalum smd 470 512 MEZ 40 watt 100 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MEZ 40 watt 6 8 uF 35V tantalum smd 100 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 40 watt 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 25 watt 100 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 68 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 100 pF 10 50V hi O cer smd 56 pF 250V mini mica 430 470 MHz 47 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 33 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MEZ 25 watt 24 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MEZ 40 watt 47 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 25 watt 24 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 40 watt 47 pF 250V mini mica 510 3615 150 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3615 759 510 3615 689 510 3605 104 510 3605 103 510 3605 471 510 3601 680 510 3605 103 510 3601 680 510 2635 689 510 3601 101 510 2635 689 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3615 479 510 3601 101 510 3601 680 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3663 101 510 0019 560 510 0019 470 510 3615 330 510 3615 240 510 3615 470 510 3615 240 510 0019 470 Description 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 4 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 5 1 pF 5 NPO 805 smd 430 470 MHz 4 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 5 1 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 3 3 pF 5 N
126. O LOGIC DESCRIPTION ALL MODELS 3 3 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD DIGITAL CIRCUIT 3 3 1 MICROCONTROLLER U101 General The control logic is based on an MC68HC11F1 eight bit microcontroller U101 This device has an internal 1K byte static RAM and 512 byte EEPROM but no internal ROM or EEPROM Therefore all program memory is contained in the external flash memory device U108 In addition the microcon troller has several general purpose input and output pins an eight channel A D converter and synchro nous SPI and asynchronous SCI serial ports The A D converter port allows analog signals to be moni tored such as the power amplifier temperature RSSI signal and vehicle battery voltage Separate buses are used for data and memory addressing The data bus consists of DO D7 and the address bus consists of 0 15 The operating speed of the microcontroller is set by crystal Y 100 The 9 38 MHz frequency of this crystal is divided by an internal divider to produce a lower internal operating frequency Memor The operating program and most of the person ality information used by the microcontroller is stored in 128K x 8 Flash EPROM U108 The use of a Flash memory device allows the program to be conveniently updated using the standard programming setup and special Flash programming software This eliminates the need to replace the microcontroller or a memory device such as an EPROM To reprogram the Flash device the microcontroller is p
127. ORF BOARD ver ne Rase i D MCTAHOS vee lms 3 470 12 E loisia Im wn d E risl miss Lass vos PTS i AKS 38 i m i wo Jf 2 Ras L 46 Speaker Mute Eid k E i V lt 2 i ise E a me E fois Ser Data in a m Tor He OPTION 1 OPTION 2 1 9 Mt 4 I UE 470 1 Cans ueniens kaan una OCTALLATCH i a ws i 1 O lus i v ost oe x 10 I P err 021 fro met i K s B loans as rene TAANSMIT VOS 1 PS cass osss lear csei OUTPUT B DRIVER OUTPUT A DRIVER T Toe TRO te mad i 19 Output A waoa R362 5 wana INPUT MUX 1 KI mum H K VEN TAX OUT 2 J 18 Output B A 1 R363 5 1 1 v ie e aar o i TOP N iws RT E E ETT i 1 sy ________ YS LAN meo reet 03 OM Tas Peme wewae el 45 I wane R266 5 1 ate Irxour2 SOURCE Ls Rist ves GE TXOUT 1 i d Tx um N p m so 1 LEGI ST 158 X uie los IL cg 4 10 T ESAN o oureur y i R Sev mus 4 los ELE BN 7 sw TOWN Te sj paio H 3616 sw tin squelch 38 par U908A Banks D
128. PFIN ues if AMP Rest 19 Gama a mas gt a OSCB Our N UMI Fi GND 1 cen om C 2 col zvoc sigran car fas m um c2 prd Li Swim ai av rs See 56 re tuy b LED mem Can 330 150 MHz D 1 Ses T l T ims BOARD 47 27 ERST 7 PE a Ceo 33 30 01V p p wi 474 1 dia 17 500 988x 8245 at Antenna Jack cos 22 2 w co 27 22 nus i AG tor tis tus chee 194 450 kHz CERAMIC FILTERS 1215 260 wB sw Ras 150 270 705 Ne NARROWBAND Rao Una Baroun res i m mer i Reis 180 109 so xe mw mo m ons cm me i Se Troe 100 E ES i 526 no uox mn fi bs mur ox T cms om 7 mus am o ca ILICE i R829 15k T mE lt 0 5 WB 175 mue om om E 8846 10k SYNTHESIZER 3 2 5 6 SHIFT est m m R861 15 o DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER 559 um ra s kn ane E EA 5 12 0 vec Ps m ape als PART OF is ca BUFFER tem _ lt la og T M wale eae Z a aslo cp 2 12 f 7 or nlu T 1 So Safir om i EY lawan ta Em
129. PO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 4 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 33 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 25 watt 27 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 40 watt 47 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 25 watt 27 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 40 watt 3 9 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 3 0 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 3 9 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 3 0 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz PARTS LIST 510 3615 569 510 3615 439 510 3615 519 510 3615 439 510 3615 279 510 3615 279 510 3615 519 510 3615 339 510 3615 479 510 3615 339 510 3615 479 510 3615 339 510 3615 279 510 3615 569 510 3615 439 510 3615 330 510 3615 270 510 3615 470 510 3615 270 510 3615 399 510 3615 309 510 3615 399 510 3615 309 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description 2 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 1 5 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 33 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 56 pF 250V mini mica 430 470 MHz 40 watt 27 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 40 watt 47 pF 250V mini mica 430 470 MHz 40 watt 43 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 40 watt 2 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd
130. QUIRED POWER SOURCE This transceiver is designed for installation in vehicles which have a nominal 12 volt negative ground electrical system negative battery terminal connected directly to the chassis If the vehicle has some other type of electrical system a voltage converter is required 2 2 MOUNTING THE TRANSCEIVER 2 2 1 SELECTING A MOUNTING LOCATION Front mount transceivers are designed for mounting in a location within convenient reach of the operator such as the dash console or floor Remote mount models are designed for mounting in a remote location such as under a seat or in the trunk that is up to 6 feet or up to 17 feet with optional extension cable from the control unit WARNING The mounting location of the transceiver or control unit can affect safe operation of the vehicle Follow these precautions when mounting this transceiver Mountit where it does not interfere with operation of the vehicle controls Mountit where the operator can easily see the display and reach the controls Mountit where it will be least likely to cause injury in case of an accident Airbags deploy with great force Therefore do not mount it anywhere near the deployment area In 2 2 INSTALLATION addition do not place any other objects in the deployment area 2 2 2 INSTALLATION COMPONENTS The following mounting kits are used to install the transceiver These components and other compo nents are shown in Figure
131. SCRIPTION CR202 The function of this filter is to attenuate frequencies outside the receive band such as the first injection image and half IF frequencies The pass band frequency of the filter is shifted in four steps using PIN diodes These diodes are controlled by microcontroller through the Q2 and Q3 outputs of shift register U800 The control signals for each of four band segments are listed in Section 4 4 The PIN diodes present a very low impedance at RF frequencies when forward biased and a very high impedance when reverse biased This allows them to be used to switch capacitance in and out of the filter For example when the lowest segment of the frequency band is selected both control signals are high and the diodes are forward biased by current flowing through R201 R204 Therefore C207 C208 C218 and C219 are effectively connected to ground through CR201 and CR202 which lowers the passband frequency of the filter Ceramic resonators L200 and L201 have a very high Q and therefore cause very little receive signal loss Capacitors on the input and output of the filter provide impedance matching with the adjoining stages 3 8 2 RF AMPLIFIER Q201 RF amplifier Q201 improves and stabilizes receiver sensitivity and also recovers filter losses Several capacitors on the input and also L202 provide impedance matching CR203 protects the base emitter junction of Q201 from damage caused by high level input signals The bia
132. TOR GUIDE CONT D Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location February 2001 6 9 Part No 001 9800 001 COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE 800 900 MHZ The following guide can be used to locate components on the 800 MHz RF board layout on page 6 16 and the 900 MHz RF board layout on page 6 17 Refer to the grid around the board to determine the approximate location of a component Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location February 2001 6 10 Part No 001 9800 001 COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES 800 900 MHz RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE CONT D Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location February 2001 6 11 Part No 001 9800 001 COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES 800 900 MHz RF BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE CONT D Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location AUDIO LOGIC BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE The following guide can be used to locate components on the audio logic board layout on pages 6 22 Refer to the grid around the board to determine the approximate location of a component Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location February 2001 6 12 Part No 001 9800 001 COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDES AUDIO LOGIC BOARD COMPONENT LOCATOR GUIDE CONT D Comp Location Comp Location Comp Location
133. VSWR less than 1 5 to 1 2 4 ACCESSORY CABLE INSTALLATION 2 4 1 GENERAL If transceiver power is to be controlled by the vehicle s ignition switch a horn alert installed or other accessory connector outputs utilized the optional accessory pigtail cable is installed in the transceiver see Figure 2 1 Also required is the accessory wire kit which includes two 8 pin connec tors which plug into the pigtail cable two 22 ft and three 2 ft wire assemblies and a fuseholder assembly These components are installed as required for each application Proceed as follows to install this cable February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Pin Function Speaker Out Sw Bat Out NC Horn Alert Ground Ign Sense Output D NC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 This is low level output see Section 2 4 5 INSTALLATION Accessory Cable From Transceiver Insert Pin With Tang Up Figure 2 4 Accessory Cable Connector 2 4 2 ACCESSORY PIGTAIL INSTALLATION 1 Remove the bottom cover of the transceiver to access the audio logic board 2 Plug the pigtail cable from the kit into J101 as shown in Figure 2 3 The plug can be inserted only one way 3 Position the strain relief in the external speaker jack slot of the chassis see Figure 2 3 4 If installing the ignition sense function proceed to the next section to remove R170 Otherwise reinstall the bottom cover 2 4 3 CONNECTING IGNITION SENSE WIRE NOTE If the ignition sense
134. W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 15k ohm 5 1 8W smd 12k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 18 ohm 5 1 8W smd 68 ohm 45 1 8W smd 24k ohm 5 1 8W smd 39 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 150 ohm 45 1 8W smd 150 ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd 5 6k ohm 5 1 8W smd 18 ohm 5 1 8W smd 18k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 150 ohm 5 1 8W smd revised 430 470 MHz 47 ohm 5 1 8W smd all others 82 ohm 5 1 8W smd FM IF system SA676DK Op amp dual 2904 Regulator 8V 0 5A 78M08 Regulator adj 180mA TK11900 Shift register 8 stage 4094 Shift register 8 stage 4094 PARTS LIST 569 0105 103 569 0105 333 569 0105 001 569 0105 101 569 0105 103 569 0105 472 569 0105 001 569 0105 472 569 0105 101 569 0105 101 569 0105 102 569 0105 153 569 0105 123 569 0105 101 569 0105 180 569 0105 680 569 0105 243 569 0105 390 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 151 569 0105 151 569 0105 102 569 0105 100 569 0105 562 569 0105 180 569 0105 183 569 0105 474 569 0105 101 569 0105 473 569 0105 102 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 151 569 0105 470 569 0105 820 544 2002 037 544 2019 004 544 2003 081 544 2603 093 544 3016 094 544 3016 094 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 00
135. W smd 68k ohm 5 cer smd 150k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper 4 7 ohm 5 1 8W smd 470 ohm 5 1 8W smd 6 8k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7 ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7 ohm 5 1 8W smd 27k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 82k ohm 5 cer smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 330k ohm 5 1 8W smd 330k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 27k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd Zero ohm smd jumper 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 620 ohm 5 1 8W smd 330k ohm 5 1 8W smd 20k ohm 5 1 8W smd 120k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 620 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 150k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 6 8k ohm 5 1 8W smd 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 5 29 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD CONT D Description 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd 27k ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 7 5k ohm 5 1 8W smd 51 ohm 5 1 8W smd ohm thermistor Low volt sensor MC33164D Microcomputer MC68HC 11 4k x 8 bit serial EEPROM X25320 OR 2 input quad 74HC32 2 input quad 74HC00 Regulator SV 5A 78M05 Demux 10 of 8 74HC138 8k x 8 CMOS static RAM AT3864
136. Wop 03 WY 4 4 5 C605 C606 C608 C607 EP600 100 EP601 My 100 I aur C631 C616 p C617 33 DRIVER C609 C610 577 E 47 FINAL AMP C612 C613 KA FR O1UF ZR 100 j M ZR 01uF AR 100 9600 1605 I 0601 1601 C641 4402 C627 4402 P Tx RF From J602 33 27 C524 on N 7 10 4 4 3 4 RF Board C633 C645 C632 C615 OR nr T R613 C640 E 0658 C644 AR 43 7 39 AR 27 75 C642 AR C646 TR47 47 C638 47 6 8 L608 R612 27 27 reuz J 47 ort AN l JPP 777 100 777 177 277 177 277 777 777 177 15 27 2 7 EP603 Mi 77 EP602 amy 777 77 PA BOARD SCHEMATIC 40W 470 512 MHZ 5 February 2001 6 25 Part No 001 9800 001 D I c o v09H Boss gis 3 C649 C653 R612 J601 10985 2098 9 E SI 6 R600 A533 Stablization Board 430 470 MHz Only EP600 L600 C605 PA BOARD LAYOUT 40W 430 512 MHZ Go To Page 6 27 6 26 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 03V ppw 47d8m
137. all the purple and pink wires to the desired points in the transceiver 5 Position the strain relief grommet of the accessory data cable in the external speaker jack slot of the chassis as shown in Figure 2 6 and reinstall the bottom cover bottom cover 2 8 INSTALLATION Table 2 1 Data Cable Wire Chart J301 Pin No 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Function Sw Bat Out Rx Filt Out Tx Filt In TxD RxD Transmit IN2 Ext Serv Req Option I Output C Ext Pwr Sw 8V Out Ground User Defined User Defined Wire Color White Green Yellow Blue Orange Gray Brown White Red White Green White Black White Blue Red Black Purple Pink 2 8 KEY CAP KITS NOTE To remove a key cap insert a tool with a sharp tip in the slot on the bottom of the cap and carefully pry against the front panel to release the cap 2 8 1 MULTI NET AND LTR NET MODELS Key Cap Kit Part No 587 9840 001 is standard with each Multi Net transceiver and includes the five caps indicated below FCN SCAN A D TA AUX Key Cap Kit Part No 587 9840 002 is standard with each LTR Net transceiver and includes the five caps indicated by an asterisk in the list which follows An optional key cap kit Part No 587 9840 004 is also available which includes all of the caps in the following list FCN SCAN A D ROAM TEL TA AUX HOME PAGE HORN C G PRI USR1 USR2 MON CPND MHNG STLH MICPA BANK EMER Rx CALL Bl
138. alls below approximately 0 4 volt DC the output is muted Speaker muting is controlled by the Q7 output pin 12 of latch U110 When this output goes high inverter level translator Q302 turns on which grounds the volume control input of U306 and mutes the speaker 3 4 3 RECEIVE DATA PROCESSING The receive audio data signal from amplifier U301B is applied to a low pass filter formed by U300B and U300C This filter attenuates voice and harmonic frequencies occurring above the data band February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AUDIO LOGIC DESCRIPTION ALL MODELS The passband of this filter is controlled by the Q1 output pin 18 of latch U111 When LTR or digital Call Guard data or low frequency Call Guard tones are received this output goes high which turns Q300 on This switches additional capacitance into the circuit and the filter cut off frequency decreases to approxi mately 150 Hz Then when high frequency Call Guard tones are received the output goes low and turns Q300 off This increases the cut off frequency to approxi mately 220 Hz From U300C the data signal is fed to a DC resto ration circuit formed by U300D and U300A This circuit converts it from an analog signal floating at half supply to a digital signal at 0 and 5 volt levels that can be detected by the microcontroller U300D is a stan dard noninverting amplifier with a gain set by R308 R316 and R317 R317 is AC grounded by C309 Two a
139. ank Blank February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 2 8 2 SMARTNET SMARTZONE MODELS Key Cap Kit Part No 587 9840 003 is included with each SMARTNET SmartZone transceiver This kit includes the five key caps listed below EMER F1 F2 F3 SCAN Key Cap Kit Part No 587 9840 105 is also included with each transceiver This kit includes the key caps shown below F1 F2 F3 F4 SCAN BKLHT MSG HORN C S DISP PRIED SELSQ MON TGSEL PHONE RESP NUIS STATUS TXPWR Blank ALERT EMER RWS TONES Blank 2 9 INSTALLATION February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION SECTION 3 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 3 1 GENERAL TRANSCEIVER DESCRIPTION 3 1 1 INTRODUCTION NOTE A block diagram of the audio and data processing circuitry on the audio logic board is located in Figure 3 3 and block diagrams of the RF boards are located in Figures 3 4 and 3 7 The 9800 series transceivers contain the PC board assemblies listed below Components are mounted on only the top side of all boards Therefore most components can be changed without removing the board from the chassis Audio Logic Control logic and audio processing Display This board contains the LCD display and controller and interface microcontroller Interface This small board provides the electrical connections between the display and audio logic boards and contains the front panel rotary controls and microphone jack RF Board Receiver synthesizer and exciter PA Bo
140. ansistor Q503 is used to delay power output for a short time after the transmitter is keyed This allows the synthesizer Q506 in the exciter and the first stage of PA module U600 to stabilize so that the transmitter does not transmit off frequency The signal which controls Q503 is from the Q2 output pin 17 of latch on the audio logic board In the receive mode this output is low which turns 0503 off USOOA 2 is then pulled high by 8 volts applied through R505 and CR503 The output of USOOA on pin 1 is then low which shuts off power to Q507 Then when the trans mitter is keyed Q503 turns on after a short delay and diode CR503 is no longer forward biased Only the forward power signal is then applied to pin 2 of U500A February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 800 900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION Over Current Shutdown Current to the second and third amplifier stages in power module U600 on the PA board is monitored by sensing the voltage drop across R601 Pins 5 and 6 of U500B are effectively connected across this resistor As current increases the voltage on U500B pin 6 decreases which causes the output voltage on pin 7 to increase The gain of each U500B input is set at about ten by R509 R504 and R502 R507 Emitter biasing for Q501 is provided by R506 and R511 Normally the output voltage of U500B is not high enough to turn on Q501 However if current becomes excessive for example because of an antenna mismatch
141. antalum smd all others 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 470 uF 25V electrolytic all others 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd all others 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 10 uF 25V tantalum smd all others 10 uF 25V tantalum smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 470 uF 25V electrolytic all others 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D 510 3615 519 510 3615 479 510 3605 103 510 3615 209 510 3615 109 510 3601 101 510 3615 100 510 3601 101 510 3615 120 510 3615 100 510 3601 101 510 2627 100 510 2624 479 510 4064 471 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 2627 100 510 2627 100 510 4064 471 510 3605 103 Description 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd all others 33 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 15 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd all others 15 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd all others 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd all others 1 5 pF 5 NPO 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V ce
142. ard Transmitter power amplifier General descriptions of the main sections such as the receiver synthesizer and exciter follow and detailed descriptions are located in later sections 3 1 2 CIRCUIT PROTECTION FUSES Circuit protection is provided by a 15 ampere in line power cable fuse 4 ampere fuse F500 on the RF board in the unswitched battery supply line from the PA board and by voltage regulators which automati cally limit current The 15 ampere power cable fuse protects the power amplifier module and final stages on the power amplifier board and the 4 ampere fuse protects the remainder of the circuitry In addition there are two fuses on the audio logic board One fuse F100 2A limits the current of the switched battery supply fed to accessory connector J101 the micro phone jack and also the display board The other fuse 3 1 F300 0 6A limits the current of the 8 volt supply fed to modem jack J301 For information on power distri bution and switching refer to Section 3 2 3 1 3 SYNTHESIZER The synthesizer output signal is the transmit frequency in the transmit mode and the receive first injection frequency in the receive mode The synthe sizer also provides the receiver second injection signal by tripling the TCXO frequency Channels are selected by programming the main divider in synthesizer integrated circuit U804 to divide by certain number This programming is provided by microcontroller U101 on
143. ary 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 6 29 W104 W115 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 6 30 PA BOARD LAYOUT 15W 800 900 MHZ O st 3 8 E Z E E S eo he 2 5 E lt a a lt s m 2 5 5 9 5 3 5 gt 3 i S z lt W 5 lt Oo 00943 1094 e 5192 2192 gg 7098 Tes 1091 2199 1299 au 1299 QA 0199 Sns 95 6092 o 0790 2098 9092 2099 2299 S EO 7092 5092 6 S 7099 2 6599 195 2 8092 fe 5 3 a 8 9290 185 30989 amp 2 2 5 A 6199 5 s E S 580955595 5 eo zig 4 2 o o ER 009n 5 5290 S299 ale O O tc 3 1199 2090 C624 5 0632 0636 C628 069269
144. ay be displayed by the tuning software with 800 MHz models for setting NPSPAC deviation Then when a public safety channel is selected the deviation automatically changes to the level set in this screen 1 2 5 PROGRAMMING Transceiver programming is performed using a PC compatible computer the E F Johnson Remote Programming Interface RPT and Johnson GENERAL INFORMATION programming software Programming is described in separate manuals as described in Section 1 1 1 1 2 6 TRANSCEIVER ALIGNMENT Alignment is performed using the standard Personality programming setup and special Radio Tune software There are only two or three adjust ments that are made by physically adjusting a compo nent on the PC board All other adjustments are set digitally The desired setting is selected using the computer and it is then automatically stored in the transceiver memory If the manual adjustments do not need to be readjusted transceiver alignment can usually be performed without removing the covers Alignment is described in separate manuals as described in Section 1 1 1 1 3 PART NUMBER BREAKDOWN The breakdown of the part number used to identify this transceiver is shown in Table 1 1 With LTR Net and Multi Net models digits 4 7 of this number are displayed briefly at power up Table 1 1 Part Number Breakdown 242 98 x xxxx Options 1 B N Comp Data C O Compander D P Data Cable E Q Enc Comp F T Enc Comp Dat
145. ch is an amplifier with the output tuned for the third harmonic of the reference oscillator frequency This output tuning is provided by a two pole bandpass filter formed by L219 C287 C288 L217 and C290 The output level of this filter is approximately 0 25 V rms Ceramic Filters 2202 2206 7205 The 450 KHz output of the internal mixer is fed out of U201 on pin 20 It is then routed through ceramic filter Z202 for narrow band 12 5 kHz chan nels and through Z206 for wideband 25 kHz chan nels Z202 has a nominal bandwidth at the 3 dB points of 8 kHz and Z206 has a nominal bandwidth of 15 kHz The function of this filter is to attenuate wide band noise present in the IF signal Routing of the IF signal to the appropriate filter is provided by Q205 and Q206 PIN diodes CR207 CR210 and several resistors and capacitors It is controlled by the microcontroller through the Q4 output of shift register U800 This output is low for narrow band channels and high for wideband channels If a narrow band channel is selected a low signal is applied to the base of Q205 That transistor then turns off and inverter Q206 turns on CR209 CR210 are then forward biased and CR207 CR208 reverse biased This routes the 450 KHz IF signal through Z202 and blocks it from Z206 If a wideband channel is selected the opposite occurs For more information on the operation of PIN diodes refer to Section 3 8 1 The filtered 450 MHz IF signal is t
146. cus ums nem 7 eno n 2 E 1650 Gr hes DETECTOR POWER ON OFF vr N en TER ONLY pem veo g L uamo PP BI CONTROL LOWPASSFLTER dar se mmm sese gt RECEIVE DATA rom mus kalken w paos ei LOW PASS FILTER A 1 T Vo fom ae 100 P CRO actu LATCH W ppm MC3303 bu 1 b S main i a 2 i Tor i i i 5 i a SANDIIDTH 2 i SELECT A ASV DC i Per s sofen sv N am 3 so E Key Eri i i Rx Audio in B hr CCS EEPROM ja i HIGH TIER ONLY m 29 lt us vor X25320 LI uge AMP i ones i gt i T MGHPASS FILTER 300 Hz DE EMPHASIS la da 5 snr ms mus A i LEM la ar Sek ms mnan i RECEIVE AUDIO MUTE GATE i kors H E vare var l thes NT LATCH 036 Was pass CY unt S 47 oS 7 i amt vsta E oh is 5 i xls 1286 X 8 FLASH ROW ai H gj Serial Dat i ios ras Spar RISO 5 dn lo P SD To v el Transmit Sev PIS 2 Speaker fois serous on H vcc por cerne Le 1 I T
147. d 100 pF NPO 5 SOV cer smd 3 9 pF NPO 5 SOV cer smd 800 MHz models 3 3 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 47 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 11 pF NPO 45 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 30 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 39 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 150 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 15 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models only 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 27 pF NPO 5 50V cer 900 MHz models 15 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 27 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 01 X7R 10 SOV cer smd 900 MHz models 001 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 X7R 10 50 cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50 cer smd 01 X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 X7R 10 50 cer smd 01 X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 X7R 10 50V cer smd PARTS LIST 510 3615 101 510 3615 300 510 3601 160 510 3601 101 510 3601 399 510 3601 339 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 800 900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 33 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 47 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 7 5 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 24 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 36 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 900 MHz
148. d by U304A and other components This stage attenuates voice frequencies and LTR and Call Guard signaling so that only noise frequencies in the range of approximately 7 8 kHz are passed The output signal of U304A is applied across a resistor network which sets the input level to a rectifier Ther mistor R318 provides temperature compensation of this network C304 charges through the forward biased diode in CR300 and discharges through R306 C303 discharges through the other diode in CR300 When the voltage on pin 6 of comparator U304B rises above the refer ence on pin 5 the output goes low For example when received signal strength is low more noise is rectified which causes the voltage on pin 6 of U304B to increase and the output on pin 7 to go low squelched condition voltage divider formed by R416 and R417 reduces the 8 volt output of U304B to the 5 volt level required by the microcontroller The squelch threshold level is set by a D A converter formed by shift register U305 and several resistors The eight bit output of U305 can control the reference voltage applied to U304B in 256 steps U305 is programmed by the SPI serial port described in Section 3 3 1 R310 provides hysteresis to the threshold level to prevent intermittent squelching when receiving a weak or fading signal 3 5 TRANSMIT AUDIO DATA PROCESSING NOTE A block diagram of the audio and data processing circuitry is shown in Figure 3 3 3 5 1 MICROPHONE AMPLI
149. dB of gain Impedance matching with Q510 is provided by L502 C542 C557 L505 and C543 Resistors R532 and R534 lower the Q of the input matching circuit which improves stability The gate of Q511 is biased by R527 and R528 Decou pling of RF signals is provided by C528 C529 and C516 C517 Supply voltage to Q511 is from the power control circuit described in Section 3 9 6 This circuit varies the supply voltage to change the power output of Q511 in order to maintain constant transmitter power output Impedance matching with between Q511 and predriver Q512 is provided by several capacitors and sections of microstrip Microstrip is a form of trans mission line with distributed series inductance and shunt capacitance The characteristic impedance is determined by the width of the microstrip and the PC board material and thickness distance from ground plane Class C biasing of Q512 is provided by L506 and ferrite bead EP2 Several more capacitors and sections of microstrip on the output of Q512 provide matching with the 50 ohm input impedance of the power ampli fier This stage provides a gain of approximately 10 dB resulting in a power input to the PA board of up to approximately 8 watts Unrevised 430 470 MHz Models From Q507 the signal is fed to third amplifier Q508 which provides approximately 10 dB of gain Impedance matching with Q507 is provided by L503 C571 C533 C538 L504 L507 C579 and C539 Biasing is provided by
150. ded ground wire 2 6 USING AN EXTERNAL SPEAKER Power output with the internal 8 ohm speaker in the front panel or remote control unit is approximately 3 watts For up to 5 watts of power a 4 7 ohm external speaker can be used This speaker is plugged into the external speaker jack on the back of the transceiver This is a standard 1 8 two conductor phone jack The internal speaker is automatically disabled when an external speaker is used The impedance of the external speaker must not be less than 4 0 ohms Using a speaker with an imped ance less than 4 0 ohms could result in audio ampli fier U306 overheating and does not provide 5 watts of power Therefore to allow for tolerances a speaker with a nominal impedance of 4 7 ohms is recom mended The E F Johnson remote speaker listed in Figure 2 1 or Table 1 3 meets this requirement This speaker has a 6 ft cable and in some applications such as remote mounting an extension cable may be required to connect it to the transceiver 2 7 DATA CABLE INSTALLATION CAUTION DO NOT apply power a transceiver that has one of the data cables installed without first properly terminating the wires of that cable These wires carry differing potentials and transceiver damage may result if they inadvertently contact each other February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 2 7 1 GENERAL The optional data pigtail cable is supported by Multi Net versions only It is installed when a modem or so
151. diodes CR104 and 105 and controlled by a logic signal from the 0 and Q1 outputs pins 4 and 5 of shift register U800 When a PIN diode is forward biased it presents a very low impedance to RF signals Conversely when it is reverse biased it presents a very high impedance to RF signals Forward biasing one of these PIN diodes adds capacitance to the tank circuit which lowers its reso nant frequency Capacitance is added to the circuit when the control signal is low Therefore the lowest frequency is selected when both control lines are low and the highest frequency is selected when both are high For example when Shift 1 goes low CR104 is forward biased by current flowing through R103 and L105 Capacitor C111 which is part of the tank circuit is then effectively AC grounded through CR104 and C107 C123 The control line is isolated from tank circuit RF by choke L105 and decoupling capacitor C104 The Shift 1 and Shift 2 logic signals for each band segment are listed in Section 4 3 3 Frequency Control and Modulation Fine VCO frequency control is performed by varying the DC voltage across varactor diodes CR103 and CR106 coarse control is provided as described in the preceding description As the DC voltage applied to a reverse biased varactor diode increases its capaci tance decreases Therefore the VCO frequency increases as the control voltage increases and vice versa The amount of frequency change produced by
152. e VCO is then locked on frequency The reference input fR to the phase detector is produced by dividing down the signal from reference oscillator U806 The fR input is 50 kHz for all 800 and 900 MHz channels Therefore with 900 MHz models the reference divider in U804 divides the 14 850 MHz reference oscillator signal by 297 and with 800 MHz models it divides the 17 500 MHz reference oscillator signal by 350 The TCXO frequency stability is 1 5 PPM so this is also the stability of the synthesizer and the second injection signal which is derived from the TCXO frequency The VCO derived input to the phase detector fV is the VCO frequency divided down by programmable dividers in synthesizer U804 The prescaler and main divider are programmed for each channel to produce an input frequency to the phase detector fV that is the same as the 50 KHz reference frequency fR when the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency Refer to Section 3 10 6 for more information on U804 operation 3 10 2 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR Introduction The VCO module is a separate assembly that is soldered directly to the RF board and covered by a metal shield It uses a ceramic substrate that can easily be damaged by excessive heat therefore it is recom mended that modules which have been removed using a standard soldering iron not be reused In addition the VCO center frequency is set by laser tuning ceramic resonator L907 Therefore it i
153. e all information that may be helpful in solving your problem The mailing address is as follows E F Johnson Company Customer Service Department 299 Johnson Avenue P O Box 1249 Waseca MN 56093 0514 1 8 FACTORY RETURNS Repair service is normally available through local authorized EFJohnson Land Mobile Radio Service Centers If local service is not available the equipment can be returned to the factory for repair However it is recommended that you contact the Customer Service Department before returning equipment A service representative may be able to suggest a solution to the problem making return of the equipment unnecessary Be sure to fill out a Factory Repair Request Form 271 for each unit to be repaired whether it is in or out of warranty These forms are available free of charge by calling Customer Service see Section 1 7 or by requesting them when you send a unit in for repair Clearly describe the difficulty experienced in the space provided and also note any prior physical damage to the equipment Include this form in the shipping container with each unit Your telephone number and contact name are important as there are times when the technicians may have specific ques tions that need to be answered in order to completely identify and repair a problem When returning equipment for repair it is also a good idea to use a PO number or some other reference GENERAL INFORMATION number on your paperwork in case
154. e input CR203 protects the base emitter junction of Q201 from damage caused by high level input signals The bias current of Q201 is fixed at a constant level by Q200 The collector current of Q201 flows through R207 and the voltage drop across that resistor and therefore the current is set by R205 and R206 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz RECEIVER DESCRIPTION For example if current through R207 attempts to increase the emitter voltage of Q200 decreases Q200 then conducts less and turns Q201 off slightly to main tain a constant bias current This provides a stable bias over changes in temperature The output signal of Q201 is fed to another band pass filter similar to the one on the input described in the preceding section Impedance matching with the filter is provided by a section of microstrip on the collector and C227 Resistor R209 lowers the Q of the microstrip to make it less frequency selective C222 C226 decouple various unwanted AC signals from the circuit 3 11 3 FIRST MIXER Q202 CRYSTAL FILTER Z204 The signal from Z201 is then applied to mixer Q202 A 3 dB pad on the output of Z201 formed by R215 R217 sets the input level to the mixer Imped ance matching between the pad and mixer is provided by a section of microstrip and C245 Q202 is biased by constant current source Q203 similar to Q200 described in the preceding section The injection signal is applied to t
155. e mode both diodes are reverse biased The quarter wave line is then no longer grounded and provides a low impedance path to the receiver while CR802 provides a high impedance into the transmitter L801 C846 and L800 C845 improve isolation by neutralizing the slight capacitance of CR801 and CR802 when they are reverse biased 3 10 6 SYNTHESIZER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT U804 Introduction A block diagram of synthesizer IC U804 is shown in Figure 3 5 on page 5 16 This integrated circuit contains the following stages The basic operation of U804 was described in Section 3 10 1 Reference R divider Main divider Prescaler 264 65 Phase and lock detectors Charge pump and divider programming circuitry Channel Programming Channels are selected by programming the main divider in U804 to divide by a certain number This programming is performed by the microcontroller over the SPI serial data bus which consists of CLOCK DATA and STROBE lines see Section 3 3 1 As previously described this divider is programmed so that when the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency the fR and fV inputs to the phase detector are the same frequency Operation As stated in Section 3 10 1 the fR input to the main phase detector is 50 kHz for all channels The reference oscillator frequency is divided by 350 800 MHz or 297 900 MHz to produce this signal Frac tional N division with modulo 5 or 8 selection allows the loop f
156. ed 430 470 MHz 33 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF 10 50V hi O smd all others 15 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz PARTS LIST 510 3601 390 510 3605 103 510 3615 569 510 3601 101 510 3601 510 510 3615 120 510 3615 100 510 3601 430 510 3615 120 510 3615 100 510 3615 560 510 0019 120 510 0019 110 510 3601 101 510 0019 390 510 0019 330 510 3615 100 510 3663 101 510 3615 150 510 3615 120 510 3615 100 510 3601 689 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 12 pF 5 NPO 50V smd revised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 3 9 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 24 pF 5 NPO 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 16 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 15 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 20 PF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 8 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 22 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF 5 NPO 50V smd all others 30 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF 5 NPO 50V smd all
157. ed quarter wave lines A discrete quarter wave line is formed by C635 C622 and L604 is effectively AC grounded on the receiver end by CR604 and C633 When one end of a quarter wave line is grounded the other end presents a high impedance to the quarter wave frequency Therefore this line presents a high impedance into the receiver for the transmit signal Further receiver isolation is provided by another quarter wave line in the receiver This line is grounded through C202 by CR200 In the receive mode all three PIN diodes are reverse biased Therefore CR602 presents a high impedance into the transmitter for the receive signal and since the two quarter wave lines into the receiver are no longer grounded there is a low impedance path into the receiver L604 presents a low impedance because it is no longer grounded by CR604 and the quarter wave line presents a low impedance because it is no longer grounded by CR200 Resistors R602 and R608 improve the isolation provided by CR602 and CR604 when they reverse biased receive mode 3 12 4 DIRECTIONAL COUPLER LOW PASS FILTER A directional coupler is formed by adjacent sections of microstrip near C621 The forward compo nent of output power is rectified by CR603 and devel February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz TRANSMITTER DESCRIPTION oped across R606 and then fed to the power control circuit Reverse power is not detected in this transceiver
158. ed to pin 1 which is the input of an internal IF amplifier stage Second Mixer From the IF amplifier the signal is internally fed to the mixer which combines it with the 52 500 MHz 800 MHz models or 44 550 MHz 900 MHz models second injection frequency to produce a second IF of 450 kHz The injection frequency on pin 4 is produced by tripling the frequency of reference oscillator U806 To do this part of the reference oscillator signal is applied to tripler Q207 This stage is an amplifier with the output tuned for the third harmonic of the reference oscillator frequency This output tuning is provided by a two pole bandpass filter formed by L219 C287 C288 L217 and C290 The output level of this filter is approximately 0 25 V rms Ceramic Filters 2202 2206 2205 The 450 KHz output of the internal mixer is fed out of U201 on pin 20 and routed to ceramic filter Z202 for all 900 MHz and 800 MHz narrow band 12 5 kHz channels or Z206 for 800 MHz wideband 25 kHz channels Z202 has a nominal bandwidth at the 3 dB points of 8 KHz and Z206 has a bandwidth of 15 kHz The function of these filters is to attenuate wideband noise present in the IF signal Routing of the IF signal to the appropriate filter is provided by Q205 and Q206 PIN diodes CR207 CR210 and several resistors and capacitors It is controlled by the microcontroller through the Q4 output of shift register U800 This output is low for narrow band channels
159. er Programming is performed using the SPI serial port of the microcontroller described in Section 3 3 1 The input to the internal shift register of these devices is the DATA pin U800 U801 or SDI pin U802 and the output of the last shift register stage in U800 and U801 is the OS pin Therefore serial data on the Data line from the audio logic board J201 pin 14 is first shifted into U801 then U800 and then U802 Data is clocked through the devices by the CLOCK signal J201 pin 13 when the STROBE input J201 pin 12 is high and latched when it goes low Synthesizer IC U804 is also programmed by the SPI port However data does not pass through the other devices and it is controlled by different STROBE signal J201 pin 1 3 8 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF MODELS NOTE The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 3 4 3 8 1 FRONT END FILTER The receive signal is fed from the antenna switch circuit on the PA board to the receiver front end on the RF board The signal is fed through a section of microstrip that is part of a quarter wave line for the antenna switch Also part of the antenna switch circuit is C201 CR200 and R200 Refer to Section 3 9 4 for more antenna switch information The receive signal is applied to a two pole band pass filter formed by ceramic resonators L200 and L201 several capacitors and PIN diodes CR201 and February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF RECEIVER DE
160. erial data on the Data line from the audio logic board J201 pin 14 is first shifted into U801 then U800 and then U802 Data is clocked through the devices by the CLOCK signal 7201 pin 13 when the STROBE input J201 pin 12 is high and latched when it goes low Synthesizer IC U804 is also programmed by the SPI port However data does not pass through the other devices because it is controlled by a different STROBE signal J201 pin 1 3 11 RECEIVER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz MODELS NOTE The receiver block diagram is in Figure 3 7 3 11 1 FRONT END FILTER The receive signal is fed from the antenna switch circuit on the PA board to the receiver front end on the RF board The signal is fed through a quarter wave line that is part of the antenna switch as are C202 CR200 and R200 Refer to Section 3 12 3 for more antenna switch information The receive signal is then applied to bandpass filter Z200 With 800 MHz models this is a three pole filter with a center frequency of 860 MHz and a bandwidth of 18 MHz With 900 MHz models it is a two pole filter with a center frequency of 938 MHz and a bandwidth of 6 MHz This filter attenuates frequencies outside the receive band such as the first injection image and half IF frequencies 3 11 2 RF AMPLIFIER Q201 RF amplifier Q201 improves and stabilizes receiver sensitivity and also recovers filter losses A section of microstrip and C214 provide impedance matching on th
161. eset is also triggered when the transceiver is Flash programmed A low pulse is created by C363 and R421 when the MODA MODB inputs of the microcontroller are pulled low to initiate this program ming This automatically places the microcontroller in the flash programming mode However reset does not occur when flash programming is complete so power must be turned off and then on again to resume normal operation Data Bus A bi directional data bus consisting of DO D7 is used to transfer data in and out of the microcontroller It is used to transfer parallel data in and out of memory chips U107 high tier only and U108 and also program latches U110 U112 The logic level on the R W pin determines the direction of data on the data bus If it is high data is read into U101 and if it is low data is written out The E output goes high to indicate when data on the data bus is valid or when an external device can place data on the data bus February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AUDIO LOGIC DESCRIPTION ALL MODELS Address Bus The address bus consisting of A0 A15 is used for addressing the memory location in U107 or U108 that data is being written to or read from In addition it provides chip select signals to latches U110 U112 Refer to Section 3 3 2 for more information on memory and I O addressing A D Converter Inputs VRH VRL These inputs provide the reference volt ages for the A D converter circuitr
162. etermines if common or bank code space is selected When A15 is high common space is selected and when it is low bank space is selected The A15 line controls the four two input multi plexers in U109 When A15 is low the A input is connected to Y which routes the PGO PG3 outputs of the microcontroller to U108 PGO PG3 then select the desired bank Then when 15 is high the B input is routed to Y and the A13 A15 address lines of the microcontroller are routed to U108 Therefore when a data read or write to U108 occurs the lower 13 bits of the address are specified by address lines A0 A12 and the rest of the address is specified as just described The data appears on data bus lines DO D7 Data is read from U108 by pulling the OE input pin 24 low and data is written by pulling the WE input pin 31 low Refer to the following U104 description for more information Chip select is provided by pulling the CE input pin 22 low Read Write Strobe Select U104A D NAND gates U104C and U104B select the read and write signals applied to U107 and U108 When a memory read occurs the R W output of the microcon troller goes high This signal is inverted by U104C and applied to the OE of U108 When a memory write operation occurs the R W output of the microcon troller goes low U104B is then enabled by the high output of U104C and the high E signal is inverted by U104B and applied to the WE pin of U107 and to U104D February 2001
163. ff delay is used Once power turns off power is also removed from the microcon troller Therefore power can be turned on only by the power and ignition switches NOTE The front panel power switch is a push on push off type pressing it toggles between open and closed It is not a momentary switch 3 2 2 SUPPLY SWITCHING When power is turned on by the front panel power switch the base of Q514 on the RF board is grounded through the power switch Q514 then turns on which also turns on the Darlington amplifier formed by Q511 and Q512 These transistors are turned on by a 13 6 volt signal applied through R535 Series pass transistor Q510 is then turned on and 13 volts appears on its collector The diodes in CR505 and CR506 become forward biased only if the 8 volt supply applied to the collector of Q514 becomes shorted This provides current limiting which prevents damage to the transistors Q513 controls the Q511 base current in order to maintain approximately a 0 8 volt drop across the emitter and collector of Q510 This provides noise February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION Power Amplifier Transceiver Power Connector Unsw Bat POWER DISTRIBUTION ALL MODELS Unsw Bat RF Board R533 Switch J600 Sw Bat Sw Bat Audio Logic Board 5V Vcc Regulator Chassis Vehicle Ground Battery Transient Suppressor i 1 N 1 1 Fron
164. g pakejaa pJEMI04 011000 JEMOd 1 1910X3 Jejdno5 29114 isnipy XL jueuno py 1 JepeoseJgd ereg oipny x1 gt 2 ODA JejeosoJgd S9 v9 7 101005 ODA Fe 908n 2 05871 Jeziseuu AS O 19259 5 roen ZHIN St XH 19114 ZH 097 2022 ZH 09T 5022 9022 Lozn IMS ZHN ZHIN OSS T L 9 KouenbeJ4 9027 7021 29314 ssedpueg AJOd OML ZHIN St XH 2020 eis JOXIIN 4 ZHN St 19818094 pg oLISSH pg xg XL dwy 12884 isnfpy 18497 m 0081 04409 MUS 1 Aouanbal4 lt 1027 0021 29314 ssedpueg jo1u02 Aouanbal4 dwy 44 Figure 3 4 RF Block Diagram UHF Models February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 3 13 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION
165. he PA board described in Section 3 9 4 This transmit 8V supply is not delayed which allows Q509 and the transmitter frequency to stabilize before power is produced The delayed PTT signal is applied to the RF board on J201 pin 2 This signal controls the power control circuit described in Section 3 9 6 The emitters of Q505 and Q507 are grounded through Q508 That transistor is turned off when the logic is in an undetermined state such as during Flash programming This ensures that the transmitter is turned off during these times Unrevised 430 470 MHz Models The input signal to the exciter is the transmit frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthe sizer It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and 15 applied to first amplifier Q506 Impedance matching on the input of Q506 is provided by C529 C537 L505 and C530 The input level is set by R528 and R530 Biasing is provided by R520 and R525 and C525 C526 and C520 C521 decouple RF signals Impedance matching on the output is provided by L502 C570 C531 L506 and C532 Second amplifier Q507 is similar in design to Q506 These stages together produce about 20 dB of gain The 8 volt supply to Q506 and Q507 is switched by Q504 similar to the revised 430 470 MHz version just described 3 9 2 THIRD AMP AND PREDRIVER Revised 430 470 MHz and all 470 512 MHz Models From Q510 the signal is fed to third amplifier Q511 which is a power MOSFET that provides approximately 10
166. he emitter of Q202 and is at a level of approximately 10 dBm With 800 MHz models the injection frequency is 52 950 MHz below the receive frequency and with 900 MHz models it is 45 MHz below the receive frequency Filtering of the injection signal is provided by two pole bandpass filter Z203 With 800 MHz models it has a center frequency of 807 MHz and a bandwidth of 18 MHz and with 900 MHz models it has a center frequency of 893 MHz and a bandwidth of 6 MHz The 52 950 or 45 000 MHz output signal of mixer Q202 is then applied to crystal filter Z204 Impedance matching between Q202 and 50 ohm 3 dB pad R210 R212 is provided by L220 C231 and C232 Resistor R214 lowers the Q of L220 to make it less frequency selective Matching between the pad and Z204 is provided by C265 C266 C268 and L213 Z204 is a four pole crystal filter With 800 MHz models it has a center frequency of 52 950 MHz and a 3 dB bandwidth of 15 KHz and with 900 MHz models it has a center frequency of 45 MHz and a 3 dB bandwidth of 7 5 KHz This filter attenuates wide band noise adjacent channels frequencies resulting from intermodulation and other undesired frequen cies Impedance matching between this filter and U201 is provided by C271 C272 L215 and R228 3 11 4 SECOND MIXER DETECTOR U201 Introduction U201 contains second mixer IF amplifier detector RSSI and audio amplifier stages as shown in Figure 3 6 on page 5 18 The IF signal is appli
167. hen applied to pin 18 amplified by an internal amplifier and then fed back out on pin 16 and applied to ceramic filter Z205 This filter is identical to Z206 and provides additional attenuation of wideband noise The loss introduced by each ceramic filter is approximately 12 dB Limiter Detector The signal from Z205 is applied to an internal limiter connected to pin 14 The limiter amplifies the 450 kHz signal and then limits it to a specific value to remove amplitude variations From the limiter the signal is fed internally to the quadrature detector An external phase shift network connected to pin 10 shifts the phase of one of the detector input signals 90 at 450 kHz the other input is unshifted in phase When modulation occurs the frequency of the IF signal changes at an audio rate as does the phase of the shifted signal The detector which has no output with a 90 phase shift converts this phase shift into an audio signal Inductor L219 is tuned to provide maximum undistorted output from the detector The audio signal is then fed internally to an audio amplifier The gain of this stage is set at about three by R255 and R256 The audio output signal on pin 8 is then fed to the audio logic board Also in U201 is an RSSI detector which provides a temperature compensated RSSI Receive Signal Strength Indicator signal on pin 5 This is a low impedance 2k ohm output with a dynamic range of 70 dB It provides an indication of
168. i I om 0 5 3 0 i 2 i 8T i 1 ALLRESISTORS ARE IN OHMS AND ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN PICOFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED RF BOARD SCHEMATIC UNREVISED 430 470 MHZ February 2001 6 20 Part No 001 9800 001 8503 R500 A900 vco R808 R846 C833 E o U806 Reference Oscillator 4 E 5 Egi B F BOARD LAYOUT UNREVISED 430 470 MHZ February 2001 6 21 To 6 22 Part No 001 9800 001 P P WITH 470Bm P P WITH A7dBm
169. ic board 4 6 2 ANALOG CIRCUITS The analog circuits on the audio logic board can be checked by measuring the AC and DC voltages shown on the schematic diagram February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 SECTION 5 PARTS LIST Description Part No RONT PANEL ASSEMBLY AND MECHANICAL PARTS Display PC board assembly complete board Display wire harness Plastic front panel assembly 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 1 0 uF 10V tantalum smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V smd 10 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V smd 24 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd Green LED Yellow LED Red LED LED dual color red grn included in A400 LED green LED green smd LED green smd LED green smd LED green smd Ferrite noise suppressor J201 J302 Ground clip DSP board SN SZ Ground clip J style Screw 4 40 x 1 4 flt hd rem hd Nut RF hex 375 x 24 Screw 2 56 x 3 4 ss phil ph Screw 6 32 pan Torx Screw No 4 x 3 16 flt hd zps Screw 4 40 x 5 16 pan hd zps Screw 4 40 x 1 4 pan hd 5 1 Description Insert 2 56 RF brd Lockwasher No 2 Washer split lock No 4 Screw 6 32 x 1875 rd hd Torx Screw 4 40 x 1 8 pan hd zps spkr No 4 washer Screw 6 32 x 5 16 pan hd Torx No 4 swage spacer Screw 4 40 x 1 4 pan hd Support bar SN SZ Fish paper 0625 x 3 1 SN SZ Board clamp SN SZ Screw 6 32 x 1 4 SN SZ Washer split 6 SN SZ 1 4 hex
170. if the message is intended for someone else It is controlled by the Q5 output pin 14 of latch U110 When the audio signal is muted this output is high This signal is then inverted by Q301 resulting in a low signal on the control input pin 6 of gate U307C U301A is a summing amplifier which combines the supervisory tone signal from microcontroller pin 36 PA6 with the receive audio signal Supervisory tones include the busy and intercept tones and other beeps that are heard by the user C320 provides addi tional feedback of the higher frequencies present in the square wave output of the microcontroller C323 and R352 also provide shaping of this signal Audio Power Amplifier U306 The output signal from is fed to the microphone connector through C321 and to audio power amplifier U306 This is a 5 watt with an 8 ohm load bridge type amplifier Therefore both outputs are connected directly to the speaker and neither speaker terminal is grounded This device is internally protected from damage resulting from shorting either output to ground or B or shorting across the outputs February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AUDIO LOGIC DESCRIPTION ALL MODELS RECEIVE AUDIO Bandpass Filter De Emphasis 300 3000 Hz U301G U301D Amplifier Rx Audio Data gt lt S2 From Receiver 0801 Rx Audio Gate Control Supervisory Tones Logic Summing Am
171. igit Black 0 0 1 7 Brown 1 1 10 8 Red 2 2 100 9 Orange 3 3 1000 0 Yellow 4 4 10 000 1 Green 5 5 100 000 2 Blue 6 6 Violet 7 7 Gray 8 8 White 9 9 0 1 6 is low This is detected by the logic which then disables both the transmitter and receiver When the VCO is unlocked the fR and fV inputs to the phase detector in U804 are usually not the same frequency see Figure 4 1 The phase detector in U804 then causes the VCO control voltage to go to the high or low end of its operating range This in turn causes the VCO to oscillate at the high or low end of its frequency range As shown in Figure 4 1 a loop is formed by the VCO and the prescaler N counter and phase detector in U804 Therefore if any of these components mal function improper signals appear throughout the loop However correct operation of the counters can still be verified by measuring the input and output frequencies to check the divide number Proceed as follows February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 4 3 2 REFERENCE OSCILLATOR U806 Check the signal at U806 pin 8 With 800 MHz models it should be 17 500 MHz and with UHF and 900 MHz models 14 850 MHz The level should be approximately 400 mV rms If this signal is not present replace the reference oscillator because it is not serviceable 4 3 3 VCO MODULE The VCO is a separate assembly that is covered by a metal shield and soldered directly to the RF PC board Thi
172. ilter attenu ates harmonics present in the signal which provides smoothing of the stepped sine wave The passband of this filter is controlled by Q306 which switches additional capacitance into the circuit When LTR or digital Call Guard data or low frequency tone Call Guard signaling is being trans mitted Q306 is turned on and the cut off frequency decreases to approximately 150 Hz Then when a high frequency tone Call Guard signal is being trans mitted Q306 is turned off and the cut off frequency increases to approximately 220 Hz Q306 is controlled by the same signal used to control Q300 in the receive data circuit see Section 3 4 3 U308C provides gating of the transmit data signal When the control input pin 6 is high the gate is closed and the signal is passed Test gate U307A is used in the test mode to bypass the data filter to provide the wideband data signal required for setting modulation balance Q303 and Q308 provide level translation and inversion The transmit data signal is then fed to digital potentiometer U802 on the RF board which sets the data deviation level Refer to Section 3 7 4 for more information 3 6 DISPLAY BOARD Control of most display board functions is provided by microcontroller U2 This device contains a 2K byte ROM and 128 byte RAM and has 20 I O lines It communicates with microcontroller U101 on the audio logic board via the SPI serial bus consisting of SCK MOSI and MISO lines see Section
173. ince these components and the circuit traces on which they are mounted are very small in size special care must be used when they are replaced Multi leaded components such as integrated circuits must usually be removed using a heat gun or some other type of heat source that heats the entire device Take care so that nearby compo nents are not damaged Surface mounted components should not be reused since they may be damaged by the unsoldering process 4 2 2 IDENTIFYING SMD RESISTORS The value of resistors is indicated by a number printed on the resistor A three digit number is used to identify 5 and 10 resistors and a four digit number is used to identify 1 resistors Refer to the following information February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 SERVICING x 596 and 10 Resistors P N 569 0105 xxx coefficients are indicated by this bar For example 2 indicates a 100 pF NPO capacitor The three digit number used to identify 5 and 10 resistors corresponds to the last three digits of XX NPO 150 XX N220 the EFJohnson part number This number is derived as follows For example 273 indicates a 27k ohm 330 470 N750 resistor and 339 indicates 3 3 ohm resistor IXX X7R KS Table 4 1 Ceramic SMD Capacitor Identification Multiplier 0 e American EIA Standard Japanese EIA Standard venne First Letter Value First Letter Value 3 1000 Number pF Number
174. ing Frequency Stability Dimensions Weight Power Requirement Current Drain FCC Compliance Sensitivity 12 dB SINAD Selectivity Spurious and Image Rejection Intermodulation Hum and Noise Maximum Frequency Spread Audio Power Output Audio Distortion Audio Response RF Input Impedance RF Power Output Spurious and Harmonic Emissions FM Hum and Noise Audio Modulation Audio Distortion Audio Frequency Response RF Output Impedance Duty Cycle GENERAL Transmit 806 824 MHz Std 851 869 MHz conv talk around Receive 851 869 MHz LTR trunked and Conventional non trunked Low Tier Up to 16 system group combinations High Tier Variable from 100 1 group to approx 40 16 group systems Dash low tier Dash or Remote high tier 45 MHz standard O MHz conventional talk around 12 5 kHz 2 5 kHz maximum deviation 25 kHz 5 kHz max deviation std 4 kHz max NPSPAC 1 5 PPM from 222 to 140 30 to 460 C 2 1 x 6 0 x 7 5 HxWxD 3 5 lbs 1 59 kg 13 6 volts DC nominal negative ground 300 mA maximum receive standby 1 5 A maximum receive rated audio output 7 0 maximum transmit 15 W output 11 0 A maximum transmit 30W output Parts 15 and 90 RECEIVER 0 35 uV 70 dB at 25 kHz 60 dB at 12 5 kHz 70 dB 70 dB 40 dB at 25 kHz 35 dB at 12 5 kHz Any spread within the range 5 watts external 4 7 ohm speaker 3 watts internal 8 ohm speaker Less than 596 at
175. ini mica 470 512 MHz 40 watt 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 100 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 68 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 25 watt 22 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 40 watt 2 2 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 30 pF 590 NPO 50V cer smd 68 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 3 0 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 15 pF 10 50V hi O cer smd 430 470 MHz 40W 7 5 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 40W 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 40W 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 150 pF NPO 5 50V smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd PARTS LIST 510 3615 120 510 3615 689 510 0019 470 510 0019 390 510 3615 100 510 0019 430 510 0019 270 510 0019 270 510 3615 120 510 3615 101 510 3601 680 510 3615 120 510 3615 220 510 3615 229 510 3615 300 510 3601 680 510 3615 339 510 3615 309 510 3663 150 510 3615 759 510 3601 479 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3601 151 510 3601 101 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd 01 uF
176. ior to installing the remote control unit An diagram showing a remote installation is located in Figure 2 2 As indicated in this diagram the control unit has a 5 ft pigtail cable and the transceiver has a 1 ft pigtail cable These cables can be directly connected if the control unit is mounted within approximately 6 ft of the transceiver Otherwise the optional 11 ft extension cable can be used to allow a mounting distance of up to approxi mately 17 feet 2 5 2 MOUNTING REMOTE CONTROL UNIT 1 Check the area underneath the selected mounting surface for such things as wires electrical compo nents and brake and gas lines that could be damaged when the mounting bracket screws are February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Data Pigtail Cable Accessory Pigtail Cable Strain Relief INSTALLATION Two User Definable Wires Figure 2 6 Data Cable Installation 001 Cable Shown installed Then install the mounting bracket using the included self tapping screws or other screws if desired 2 Install the control unit in the bracket using the included knobs and vulcanized washers the washers are installed between the bracket and control unit 3 Install the included microphone hanger in a conve nient location using the included sheet metal screws or other screws For proper operation of functions such as the monitor mode and scan the hanger must be connected to chassis ground If required ground the hanger using the inclu
177. ket 039 89 05 PART NO 023 9800 410 10 Ft Blast filter Switch bracket PART NO 023 9800 422 22 Ft Hanger button Mic clip ground wire assembly 023 7171 911 Crimp retainer Rubber bumper Power connector contact 2 515 9033 006 Ring term 3 8 10 12 AWG 1 586 0001 019 Ring term 3 4 10 12 AWG 1 Fuse kit 15A and 7A Fuseholder assembly Backing plate Strain relief mic cord Shim support rubber bumper Foam support Nameplate includes PC board amplifier Body NPN amplifier SOT 23 Knob w washer 51k ohm 5 1 8W chip 569 0115 513 Contact 14 16 AWG 2 18 ohm 5 1 8W chip 569 0115 180 Spring Leaf switch SPST 583 1004 031 Screw 4 24 x 5 16 sheet metal 3 HD mic clip 15 WATT 4 7 OHM SPEAKER BLACK Power connector housing dual Wire 12 AWG stranded red PART NO 250 0151 010 HW000 Screw self drilling Wire 12 AWG stranded blue 001 Strain relief in case back Screw 4 20 x 1 2 pan head Foam gasket ACCESSORY WIRE KI PART NO 023 9750 01 Retaining washer Fuse 250V 534 0003 020 Speaker 5 15W 4 7 ohm Fuseholder includes Mounting bracket black Fuse contact 16 20 AWG 2 586 9004 001 Tri knob 10 32 Body 534 1004 031 Case front black Knob Case back black Spring Overlay speaker front Crimp pin contact 7 Miniature phone plug Receptacle housing 8 pin 2 Cable 2 cond 18 AWG February 2001 5 30 Part No 001 9800 001 PARTS LIST
178. laced in a special boot strap mode by turning power on with the MODA MODB inputs pulled low This is done by the RPI by applying 20 volts to the PTT pin of the microphone jack Radio tuning information is stored in the 512 byte EEPROM in microcontroller U101 External 4K x 8 EEPROM 0102 is used in high tier and data models to store additional personality information An EEPROM can be programmed many times does not require a constant power supply and retains data indefinitely Temporary data storage is provided by an internal IK x 8 RAM in microcontroller U101 and by external 8K x 8 RAM U107 These devices are used as a scratchpad during program execution Reset The microcontroller resets when power is turned on and also when the 5 volt supply drops below the normal range Reset clears several internal registers and restarts the operating program This prevents improper operation which may result during low voltage conditions The microcontroller resets itself automatically for 4064 clock cycles when power is applied to the VCC input Low voltage reset is triggered by low voltage sensor U100 When the 5 volt supply drops to approx imately 4 25 volts the RESET output goes low This resets the microcontroller and also inhibits operation for as long as it is low The microcontroller also has internal reset circuits which trigger reset if problems occur with the clock signal illegal op codes or the watchdog timer circuit R
179. lacement parts list for this transceiver is located in Section 5 The main listing includes the RF board and chassis parts and another listing includes the audio logic board parts Parts are listed alphanu merically according to designator For information on ordering parts refer to Section 1 9 An exploded view of the transceiver is also included at the end of Section 6 to show the various mechanical parts 4 1 4 1 4 CONFIGURING TRANSCEIVER FOR TESTING Multi Net versions of this transceiver have a test mode which can be selected to perform testing This mode is described in Section 3 13 of the manual listed in Section 1 1 1 and it permits the transceiver to be operated manually To select the test mode turn power on with the top two options switches pressed to right of display LTR Net and SMARTNET SmartZone trans ceivers do not have a separate test mode that can be selected to perform testing With these transceivers temporary conventional channels should be programmed to control the transceiver manually If adjustments must be made to the various audio and data levels a computer and special tune software are required The software and procedure is different with each operating protocol Refer to the separate manual listed in Section 1 1 1 for transceiver align ment instructions 4 2 SURFACE MOUNTED DEVICES SMDs 4 2 1 SERVICING TECHNIQUES Most of the components used in this transceiver are the surface mounted type S
180. lation between the VCO and stages which follow C918 provides imped ance matching on the input and the resistors in the circuit provide biasing and stabilization R913 also provides current limiting C901 C902 and C908 are RF decoupling capacitors and C909 and C919 provide an AC ground on the emitters of Q901 and Q903 The output signal on the collector of Q903 is fed through C914 to synthesizer U804 A 50 ohm load is provided by R855 and C841 C842 and C849 provide impedance matching Likewise the output signal on the collector of Q901 is fed through C904 to buffer amplifier Q801 see Section 3 10 5 Resistor R902 lowers the Q of L903 to make is less frequency selective VCO Frequency Shifting In the applicable 800 or 900 MHz band the VCO must be capable of producing frequencies from the lowest receiver first injection frequency up to the highest talk around mode transmit frequency At 800 MHz the lowest VCO frequency is 798 0625 MHz 52 950 MHz below the lowest receive frequency of 851 0125 MHz and the highest talk around frequency is 869 9875 MHz Therefore the VCO frequency band spread is approximately 72 MHz If this large frequency shift was achieved only by varying the VCO control voltage the VCO gain would be undesirably high Instead capacitance is switched in and out of the tank circuit to provide a coarse frequency shift This switching is provided by PIN diode CR901 which is controlled by the logic signals f
181. me other type of data device is to be connected to the transceiver This cable connects the data equip ment to data connector J301 on the audio logic board Two data cables are available see Table 1 3 and descriptions of each follow Data Accessory Pigtail Cable Part No 597 9800 001 This cable is a combination data and accessory pigtail cable It does not include a connector for inter facing with the data equipment The wires are untermi nated and connected to a user supplied connector as desired The cable has 15 conductors All 13 pins of J301 are brought out and there are two additional wires that can be connected inside the transceiver as desired Data Pigtail Cable Part No 597 9800 005 This is a data cable only it does not include the accessory cable The data cable is similar to the one included with the 001 cable It has 15 unterminated wires and a user supplied connector is installed as desired 2 7 2 DATA CABLE INSTALLATION Remove the bottom cover of the transceiver to access the audio logic board 2 Referto Figure 2 6 and plug the 13 pin connector of the data cable into J301 If also installing the acces sory cable plug the 7 pin connector into J701 Refer to Section 2 4 for more accessory cable installation information 3 Refer to the wiring chart in Table 2 1 and connect the data cable wires to the user supplied connector as required for the data equipment being used 4 If required inst
182. mplifier current and cuts back power if it becomes excessive The use of a digital potentiometer allows the power output to be set from the front panel when the test mode is selected and also allows two different power levels to be programmed for each system The microcontroller also monitors power amplifier ambient temperature and voltage and cuts back power or disables the transmitter if either are excessive 3 2 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND SWITCHING 3 2 1 POWER SWITCHING CONTROL A diagram of the power distribution and switching circuits is shown in Figure 3 1 The main power switching is performed on the RF board by Q510 and other transistors This switch is controlled by the front panel power switch the ignition sense input and the microcontroller as shown in Figure 3 2 For the front panel on off switch to be detected Q109 must be turned on by a high signal applied through R170 or from the ignition switch R170 is installed if the ignition switch is not used to control power Q107 and Q108 provide power switch on and ignition on signals to the microcontroller so that it can sense those conditions Q110 allows the microcontroller to hold power on for a time after it has been turned off by the power or ignition switch For example when the microcon troller senses that power was switched off by the front panel switch it holds power on for a short time so that switch settings can be saved to memory It also holds power on when a power o
183. n is higher for narrow band 12 5 kHz channels to compensate for the lower detected signal level that results from the lower deviation used with those channels The gain is approximately four with narrowband channels and two with wideband 25 kHz channels The control input of U307B pin 5 is low for narrowband channels and high for wideband chan nels When it is high the switch is closed and R327 is switched into the circuit This adds more feedback which decreases the gain The control signal comes from the OO output pin 19 of latch U111 Transistor Q305 inverts this signal and also provides level translation from 5 volt logic levels of U111 to the 8 volt logic levels of U307B From U301B the receive audio data signal is fed to audio data and squelch circuits Refer to the following descriptions for more information 3 4 2 RECEIVE AUDIO PROCESSING Bandpass Filter U301C U301D U301C and U301D form a bandpass filter which passes frequencies in the 300 3000 Hz range This attenuates frequencies below 300 Hz such as LTR data and Call Guard signaling and frequencies above 3 kHz such as noise These stages also provide 6 dB per octave de emphasis to remove the pre emphasis that was added to the signal when it was transmitted Mute Gate U307C Summing Amplifier U301A The receive audio signal is then routed via the option wireouts to mute gate U307C This gate mutes the signal when no carrier is being received or
184. ncy would not change fast enough especially at the higher audio frequencies By modulating both a relatively flat response is provided to all modulation frequencies Separate audio data and wideband data modula tion signals are applied to the synthesizer on J201 pins 18 17 and 16 respectively The data signal includes LTR and Call Guard signaling while the wideband data signal comes directly from an external device such as a modem without passing through the limiting and filtering circuitry The levels of the audio and data signals are set by digitally controlled variable resistors in U802 These resistors are adjusted in 256 steps by serial data from the microcontroller see Section 3 3 1 The transmit audio signal is applied to pins 2 and 4 which are the wiper and one leg of a potentiometer It is fed out on pin 3 which is the other leg of the potentiometer see Figure 3 4 Likewise the data signal is fed in on pins 22 and 24 and out on pin 23 These variable resistors set the modulation level of the audio and data signals and also allow the micro controller to provide frequency compensation This compensation is required because modulation tends to increase as the VCO frequency increases tank circuit capacitance decreases The output signals on pins 23 and 3 of U802 are then combined with the wideband data signal and applied to summing amplifier U803 The output signal from U803 is then applied to the reference oscilla
185. nnected to the battery a noise filter should be used February 2001 2 3 Part No 001 9800 001 Strain Relief Grommet INSTALLATION Accessory Pigtail Cable Figure 2 3 Accessory Cable Installation Proceed as follows to install the power cable Before beginning power cable installation remove the negative cable from the battery to prevent damage from accidental short circuits Route the red and blue wires of the power cable to the vehicle battery You may need to cut the cable if it must be routed through an opening that is not large enough to clear the fuseholder The 422 kit includes butt splice connectors that can be used to splice the cable back together Connect the red power cable to the positive 4 battery terminal To minimize the chance of a short circuit occurring in an unfused part of the power cable the fuseholder should be as close as possible to the battery terminal Connect the blue power cable wire to the negative battery terminal Both 7 and 15 ampere fuses are included with the power cable Install the 15 ampere fuse in this application 2 4 6 Plug the power cable into the transceiver and recon nect the negative battery cable 7 Install the antenna according to the manufacturer s instructions This transceiver has a miniature UHF connector If the antenna has some other type an adapter is required Check VSWR Reflected power should be less than 496 of forward power
186. ntrol line is isolated from tank circuit RF by L909 and C925 The VCO is frequency modulated in a similar manner Another capacitance leg of the tank circuit is formed by C915 C920 and varactor diode CR902 The audio and data modulation signal is applied across CR902 and a fixed bias from a voltage divider formed by R853 and R854 is applied through R851 to pin 5 Isolation and filtering of this DC bias is provided by C838 C839 C840 and R852 Refer to the next section for more information on modulation 3 10 3 VCO AND TCXO MODULATION NOTE If the wideband data input is used the external device must provide FCC approved modulation limiting and splatter filter circuitry and a stable 2 5 VDC reference level Both the reference oscillator and VCO are modu lated in order to provide the required frequency response If only the VCO was modulated the phase detector in U804 would sense the frequency difference and change the control voltage to counteract it espe February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION cially at the lower audio frequencies Conversely if only the reference oscillator was modulated the VCO frequency would not change fast enough especially at the higher audio frequencies By modulating both a relatively flat response is provided for all modulation frequencies Separate audio data and wideband data modula tion signals are applied to the synthesizer on J20
187. of the prescaler and main divider the number of input pulses required to produce one main divider output pulse can be determined Although the programmed N number is 83 in this example the divide number is always two higher 85 because of reset cycles and other effects Therefore the prescaler divides by 65 for 55 x 65 or 3575 input pulses It then divides by 64 for 85 x 64 or 5440 input pulses The overall divide number K is therefore 3575 5440 or 9015 The VCO frequency of 450 750 MHz divided by 9015 equals 50 kHz which is the fR input to the phase detector If the VCO frequency is not evenly divisible by 50 kHz there is also a fractional N number programmed that provides the required fractional divide number Refer to the 800 900 MHz description in Section 3 10 6 for more information NOTE The formulas for calculating the N and A divide numbers are described in Section 4 3 5 3 7 6 LOCK DETECT When the synthesizer is locked on frequency the LOCK output of U804 pin 18 is a logic high voltage Then when the synthesizer is unlocked this voltage is low A locked condition exists when the phase differ ence at the TCXO input is less than one cycle 3 7 7 CHARGE PUMP The charge pump circuit in U804 charges and discharges C833 C836 in the loop filter to produce the VCO control voltage Resistors connected to the RN and RF pins set the charge current The RF pin resis tance is set by a digitally controlled potentiomete
188. om 22 to 140 30 to 460 C 2 1 x 6 0 x 7 5 HxWxD 3 5 lbs 1 59 kg 13 6 volts DC nominal negative ground 300 mA maximum receive standby 1 5 A maximum receive rated audio output 10 0 A maximum transmit 25 W output 15 0 A maximum transmit 40 W output Parts 15 and 90 RECEIVER 0 35 uV 70 dB at 25 kHz 60 dB at 12 5 kHz 70 dB 70 dB 45 dB at 25 kHz 40 dB at 12 5 kHz Any spread within the range 5 watts external 4 7 ohm speaker 3 watts internal 8 ohm speaker Less than 596 at 1 kHz with 60 deviation 1 3 dB per octave de emphasis per standard TIA 50 ohms TRANSMITTER 25W Version 25 watts adjustable to 2 25 watts 40W Version 40 watts adjustable to 10 40 watts 70 dB 40 dB 25 kHz 35 dB 12 5 kHz 25 kHz 16KOF3E voice 16KOFID data Less than 3 at I kHz with 40 modulation 6 dB per octave pre emphasis per standard TIA Any spread within the band 50 ohms 20 standard TIA February 2001 1 6 Part No 001 9800 001 GENERAL INFORMATION 800 MHz 988x SPECIFICATIONS The following are general specifications intended for use in testing and servicing this transceiver For current advertised specifications refer to the specification sheet available from your sales representative Specifications are subject to change without notice Frequency Range Operating Modes Systems and Groups Selectable Mounting Location Transmit Receive Separation Channel Spac
189. onal and a fT 58 m um U302A GATE wood 1 mV unmodulated signal aro injected ES a s ost i at antenna jack 4 Us Vo Ser 10 Daa 9 Ras 17 dicat Receive data voltages measured in test W Dis Ser Data Out mode with Group 1 selected 47 d m 1 S nad fi v S T MV signal modulated with 150 Hz at 800 0 Ske S nas Vim 14 TRS Hz deviation is injected at antenna jack mil Md 3m lap Reset Out Receive audio voltages measured in test NE AN modo with Group 1 and narrowband mode Ex Sev Realy y om AR dn selected A 47 dBm 1 mV signal modu H gt el SANE E lated with 1 kHz at 1 5 kHz deviation is ft 25v 0 ie P injected at antenna jack 7 MEE E lani H EON 204 Transmit audio volagos are measured wih m i SN k 1 kHz 100 mV rms signal injected at pin 201 ES gt mierophone jack vou anemi c repre les s E N i o Transmi data voltages measure in tes i T fe sone NOTER mode with Group 2 selected v po gt Ke 12 Serai Data 1 ALLRESISTORS ARE IN AND ALL CAPACITORS ARE IN e Serisi gt how MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED sam ROST ESI gt
190. or 2 x 10 pin male RF bd Connector 1 x 8 pin male RF bd 5 21 Description Connector 8 pin female PA bd Antenna jack right angle 12 nH smd inductor 800 MHz models only 39 uH smd inductor 800 MHz models only 047 smd inductor Variable inductor 800 MHz models 68 uH smd inductor 900 MHz models 3 9 uH inductor 800 MHz models Variable inductor 800 MHz models 68 uH smd inductor 900 MHz models 27 smd inductor 455 kHz variable w cap 22 uH inductor 0 39 uH smd inductor 8 nH smd inductor 8 nH smd inductor 9T 35 5 nH inductor 12 5 nH smd inductor 9T 35 5 nH inductor 033 uH smd inductor 15W models 8T 22 AWG 090 ID inductor 30W models 033 uH smd inductor 8 0 nH smd inductor 8T 22 AWG 090 ID inductor 047 smd inductor 047 smd inductor 1 4 in coil shield Heat sink sleeving Q509 Jumper strap RF shield 900 MHz Power connector dual PC board RF 800 MHz models rev 2 900 MHz models rev 2 PARTS LIST 515 7102 115 515 3011 020 542 9003 127 542 9003 397 542 9001 477 542 1012 015 542 9000 688 542 9000 399 542 9001 337 542 0030 003 542 0016 008 542 9001 477 542 9001 477 578 0003 001 016 2229 001 017 2224 340 537 5001 008 See A020 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 800 900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description PC board power amp 800 900 MHz 15W rev 2 800 900 MHz 30W rev 3 P
191. ormed by Q100 and Q101 This is a shared bias amplifier which provides amplification and also isolation between the VCO and stages which follow C113 provides impedance matching on the input and the resistors in the circuit provide biasing and stabilization R100 also provides current limiting C100 C101 and C106 are RF decoupling capacitors and C105 provides an AC ground on the base of Q100 The output signal on the collector of Q101 is directly coupled to the emitter of Q100 Impedance matching on the output of Q100 is provided by L100 C102 and C103 Resistor R102 lowers the Q of L100 to make is less frequency selective The VCO signal is then fed to buffer Q801 and synthesizer chip U804 on the RF board VCO Frequency Shifting In a particular UHF band the VCO must be capable of producing frequencies from the receiver first injection frequency for the lowest channel up to the transmit frequency for the highest channel Since the first injection frequency is 45 MHz below the receive frequency and the frequency band could be up to approximately 42 MHz wide this results in a required VCO frequency spread of up to 87 MHz If this large frequency shift was achieved only by varying the VCO control voltage the VCO gain would be undesirably high Instead capacitance is switched in and out of the tank circuit to provide a coarse shift in frequency and fine shift is provided by the control voltage This switching is provided by PIN
192. others 24 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 250V mini mica revised 430 470 MHz 11 pF 250V mini mica 470 512 MHz 24 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 24 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V smd revised 430 470 MHz 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 510 3615 120 510 3615 100 510 3615 399 510 3601 101 510 3602 240 510 3615 160 510 3615 150 510 3615 200 510 3615 100 510 3615 829 510 3615 220 510 3615 101 510 3615 300 510 3615 101 510 3602 240 510 0019 120 510 0019 110 510 3602 240 510 3615 120 510 3615 100 510 3602 240 510 3615 120 510 3615 100 Description 10 uF 25V tantalum smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 5 1 pF 5 NPO 50V smd revised 430 470 MHz 4 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 470 uF 25V electrolytic unrevised 430 470 MHz 7 5 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 6 8 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz uF X7R 10 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 13 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 13 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 12 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 10 uF 25V tantalum smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 13 pF 5 NPO
193. pF 4 10 000 5 100 000 6 1 000 000 7 10 000 000 8 01 9 1 1 Resistors 569 0111 xxx Some resistors with a 1 tolerance are identified by a four digit number and others may not have a marking When identified with a four digit number the first three digits are the value and the fourth is the multiplier For example 5761 indicates a 5 76k ohm resistor 4 2 3 SMD CAPACITOR IDENTIFICATION Ceramic SMD Capacitors P N 510 36xx xxx Ceramic SMD capacitors are identified using either an American or Japanese EIA standard The American standard uses a single letter or number to indicate the value and the color of this letter or number to indicate the multiplier The Japanese stan dard uses a letter to indicate the value followed by a A B C D E H I J K L N O R 5 V W X Y Z 3 4 7 9 lt number to indicate the multiplier The values for both Multi Second Multi standards are shown in the following table For Number plier example if there 15 a single black on the capacitor it uses the American standard and its value is 15 pF Orange The same value is identified with the Japanese stan Black dard by E1 Green Blue 1000 The Japanese standard may also utilize a bar to Violet 10 000 indicate the temperature coefficient The following Red 100 000 February 2001 4 2 Part No 001 9800 001 U804 Synthesizer IC
194. pF 5 NPO 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 001 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 800 MHz models 27 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 5 6 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 10 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 10 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 4 7 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd PARTS LIST 510 3601 151 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 510 3605 103 510 2625 100 510 3601 101 510 3601 569 510 2624 109 510 3601 101 510 3605 102 510 3615 390 510 3605 103 510 3601 101 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 800 900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 47 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 800 MHz models 277 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 900 MHz models 39 pF 5 NPO 50V smd PIN switching diode Switching diode SOT 23 PIN switching diode PIN switching diode PIN switching diode PIN switching diode Switching diode SOT 23 30W models only Switching diode SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 Dual sw diode SOT 23 Dual sw diode SOT 23 Transient suppressor Zener diode 12V PIN diode HC diode PIN diode PIN diode Switching diode SOT 23 PIN switching diode PIN switching diode 5 1V zener SOT 23 Ferrite noise suppressor J201 J302 Crystal pin insulator 055 x 015 teflon tubing Ferrite bead 03 teflon tubing Ferrite bead Ferrite bead smd Ferrite bead smd Fuse 4A smd very fast blow Connect
195. pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 1 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 1 5 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 3 3 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 2 4 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 3 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 2 2 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 1 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 47 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 39 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 5 1 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 5 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 3 6 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz 6 8 pF NPO 5 50V cer smd 430 470 MHz 4 3 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 2 7 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 430 470 MHz 3 3 pF 5 NPO 50V smd 470 512 MHz PARTS LIST 510 3615 390 510 3615 279 510 3615 339 510 3601 189 510 3615 159 510 3601 339 510 3615 249 510 3601 101 510 3601 101 510 3601 689 510 3615 369 510 3601 229 510 3615 169 510 3601 470 510 3615 390 510 3601 689 510 3615 519 510 3615 569 510 3615 369 510 3601 689 510 3615 439 510 3615 279 510 3615 339 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 3 3 pF NPO 5
196. peaker 5 15W 4 7 ohm Remote conversion kit 250 9800 001 597 9800 009 597 9800 011 Remote control extension cable 11 ft Remote control pigtail cable for xcvr Accessory cable components 597 9800 003 023 9750 011 597 9800 001 Accessory pigtail cable Accessory wire kit Data accessory cable kit both cables included w o data connector Data pigtail cable data cable only w o data 597 9800 005 connector 250 9800 310 SC20 Axx Compander kit Encryption kit Transcrypt SC20 4xx Desktop Power Supply 15 A 117 VAC 15 A 230 VAC Wedge mounting pedestal kit includes 10 ft power cable 239 0226 113 239 0226 213 023 8610 914 Programming Accessories 023 9800 000 597 2002 200 597 5900 002 Remote Programming Interface RPI Cable RPI to transceiver Cable RPI to computer 6 ft DB9F to DB9M Programming software see manual listed in Section 1 1 1 Key Cap Kit A key cap kit which includes five caps labeled for common functions is standard with each transceiver Optional kits are also available Refer to Section 2 8 for more key cap information February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Microphones and Speaker The microphones have an impedance of 620 ohms and all DTMF models have backlighted keypad but no memory for storing numbers The WR805 microphone is environmentally sealed against such things as rain sand and dust The desk microphone has a monitor button that can be locked down if
197. pin 15 of latch U110 goes low U103D routes the clock signal to the display board and U103C routes the display board data signal to the MISO pin When communicating with the display board PD5 goes high to block the data path through U103A and U103B Asynchronous Serial Communications Interface SCI This is a full duplex serial port formed by the RxD data input and TxD data output pins 28 29 of the microcontroller This port uses a standard non February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AUDIO LOGIC DESCRIPTION ALL MODELS return to zero NRZ format consisting of one start bit eight or nine data bits and one stop bit This port is used to provide data communication with the computer used to program the transceiver Connection is made via the front panel microphone connector Another use for this port is data communi cation with an external data device such as a modem Connection is made via connector J301 Communica tion cannot occur simultaneously over both of these paths Other General Purpose Inputs and Outputs The PAO PA7 pins are used for general purpose inputs and outputs as follows PAO Input for PTT signal from the microphone jack and W302 W312 option slot wire outs This signal is low when the transmitter is keyed PA1 Input for the receive LTR or Call Guard data signal PA2 Service request input from microcontroller U2 on the display board This tells U101 that it has da
198. pled from the DC supply by C520 C525 C526 C528 and C531 The 8 volt supply voltage to this stage is switched on in the transmit mode by Q505 and Q504 This switch is controlled by the microcontroller through the Q7 output pin 11 of shift register U801 This output is high in the transmit mode and low in the receive mode This signal also controls the antenna switch circuit on the PA board described in Section 3 12 3 This transmit 8V supply is not delayed which allows Q505 and the transmitter frequency to stabilize before power is produced The delayed PTT signal is applied to the RF board on J201 pin 2 This signal controls the power control circuit described in Section 3 12 5 The emitters of Q503 and Q505 are grounded through Q509 That transistor is turned off when the logic is in an undetermined state such as during Flash programming This ensures that the transmitter is turned off during these times From Q506 the transmit RF output signal is then applied to driver Q507 Impedance matching between Q506 and Q507 is provided by several capacitors and sections of microstrip and L501 Resistor R521 lowers the Q of the parallel microstrip which makes it less frequency selective Q507 is biased for class C opera tion by L504 and ferrite bead EP501 Supply voltage to Q507 is from the power control circuit described in Section 3 12 5 This circuit varies the supply voltage of Q507 which changes its power output to maintain constant t
199. plifier Audio Amplifier Speaker Rx Audio From Gate Gain Adjust U307B Logic 30 RECEIVE DATA Low Pass Filter Data lt 140 211 Hz U300B U300C Q300 Bandpass Filter U304A TRANSMIT AUDIO From Serial Data Logic Microphone Amplifier High Pass Filter gt 300 Hz Mic Audio Microphone From Mic Audio Gate Control Logic Low Pass Filter TRANSMIT DATA 140 211 Hz Data Tx Audio Gate Control Detector U300D U300A Comparator U304B Digital Volume I Control 98x1 Front Panel I 4 Volume Control 1 9842 Audio Mute Control From Logic Digital Receive Data To Logic Filter Bandwidth Control From Logic SQUELCH Squelch Signal 7 g To Logic Digital Squelch Control Pre Emphasis Limiter Splatter Filter gt 3 kHz Amplifier To Synthesizer Analog Transmit Data To Synthesizer Figure 3 3 Audio and Data Processing Circuitry Block Diagram Pin 5 is the input of an internal gain control stage Gain increases in proportion to increases in the DC voltage on this pin With the low tier models volume control is provided by a D A converter formed by shift register U309 and several resistors The six bit output controls the volume in 64 steps U309 is programmed by the SPI bus described in Section 3 3 1 With the mid and high tier models the front panel volume control is part of a voltage divider which includes R356 and R426 If the voltage on pin 5 f
200. put with a 90 phase shift converts this phase shift into an audio signal L218 is tuned to provide maximum undistorted output from the detector The audio signal is then fed internally to an audio amplifier The gain of this stage is set at about three by R255 and R256 The audio signal is then fed out on pin 8 and routed to the audio logic board Also in U201 is an RSSI detector which provides a temperature compensated RSSI Receive Signal Strength Indicator signal on pin 5 This is a low impedance 2k ohm output with a dynamic range of 70 dB The DC voltage of this output changes in proportion to IF signal strength This signal is routed to an A D input of the microcontroller pin 59 and used along with the squelch signal to determine receive signal strength R259 C304 and R258 C303 provide low pass filtering of the audio and RSSI signals and C305 and C306 decouple RF 3 12 TRANSMITTER CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz MODELS NOTE The transmitter block diagram is located in Figure 3 7 3 12 1 PREDRIVER Q506 DRIVER Q507 The input signal to the exciter is the transmit frequency from buffer amplifier Q801 in the synthe sizer It is at a level of approximately 0 dBm and is applied to predriver Q506 Impedance matching on the input of Q506 is provided by C529 C515 two sections of microstrip see description in Section 3 10 5 R518 and C516 Biasing is provided by R519 R520 R522 and R523 Various AC signals are decou
201. r Divide NUMbENS as 4 5 RECEIVER SERVICING 4 5 TRANSMITTER SERVICING 4 5 AUDIO LOGIC BOARD SERVICING 4 5 Digital 8 4 5 Analog 8 4 5 5 PARTS LIST Front Panel Assembly and Mechanical Parts 5 1 UHF RF and PA Boards 5 3 800 900 MHz RF and PA Boards 5 18 Audio Logic Board 5 25 9800 Series Radio Mounting Kit 5 30 9800 Series Remote Mounting Kit 5 30 DC Power Cable and Hardware Kit 5 30 Accessory Wire 5 30 Amplified Dynamic Microphone 5 30 15 Watt 4 7 Ohm Speaker Black 5 30 Exploded Views Front Panel tre dort 5 31 Front and 5 32 Bottom iet eter 5 32 Remote Control 1 5 33 Remote Transceiver 5 33 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND COMPONENT LAYOUTS Amplified Dynamic Microphone 6 2 Transceiver Top Photo 6 3 Transceiver Bottom 6 3 Interconnect 6 4 Interface Board Layout 6 4 Display Board VIeW A R E ts AET ee EM 6 5 Bottom 6 5 RPI P N 023 9800 000 Board 6 6
202. r in 0802 This resistance changes with the frequency band in order to minimize fractional N spurious signals The loop filter provides low pass filtering which controls synthesizer stability and lockup time and suppresses the loop reference frequency 50 kHz 3 7 8 SHIFT REGISTER U800 U801 AND DIGITAL POTENTIOMETER U802 PROGRAMMING Shift register U800 functions as an I O port expander and shift register U801 functions as a D A converter to provide a 256 step output voltage for adjusting transmitter power In addition the Q7 output of U801 provides the transmit receive signal U802 contains four digitally controlled potentiometers that are also adjustable in 256 steps These devices are cascaded together on the serial bus so that data is shifted out of one device into February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION 1 CLOCK gt 2 DATA gt Serial Input Program Latches 3 STROBE 4 12 Vss N FMOD FINC yy yy 5 RAN 64 65 6 REN Prescaler Fractional 19 TEST VDD 7 15 20 Prescaler Modulus Control Main Dividers Accumulator W Normal Output Charge Pump Main Phase Detector fR Speed Up Main Output Reference Charge Select gt Pump Reference Divider Integral Output Charge PHI 13 Pump LOCK 18 PHA 11 RA 9 Figure 3 5 Synthesizer Chip U804 Block Diagram anoth
203. r smd all others 20 PF 590 NPO 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 24 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd all others 22 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 10 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd all others 15 pF 5 NPO 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd all others 15 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 10 uF 25V tantalum smd all others PARTS LIST 510 3601 101 510 3615 330 510 3601 101 510 3602 150 510 2624 479 510 3602 150 510 3605 103 510 3615 279 510 3601 101 510 3601 159 510 3601 101 510 3615 200 510 3601 101 510 3615 240 510 2624 479 510 3615 220 510 3601 101 510 3615 100 510 3605 103 510 3602 150 510 3601 101 510 3602 150 510 2627 100 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 UHF RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D Description 15 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 01 uF X7R 10 50V smd all others 100 pF NPO 5 50V smd unrevised 430 470 MHz 7 5 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd revised 430 470 MHz 6 8 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 470 512 MHz 0 1 X7R 10 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 470 pF X7R 310 SOV cer smd 68 pF 5 NPO 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd 68 pF 5
204. ransmitter power output February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz RECEIVER DESCRIPTION RF chokes L502 and L503 ferrite bead EP502 and several capacitors isolate the power control circuit from RF signals A 50 ohm 3 dB pad formed by R529 R531 provides an output impedance of 50 ohms at the J602 Impedance matching between Q507 and this pad is provided by two sections of microstrip C524 and C527 Power output at J602 is typically up to 250 milliwatts 3 12 2 POWER AMPLIFIER MODULE U600 FINAL Q651 Power amplifier module U600 on the PA board has approximately 19 dB of gain Pins 2 3 and 4 of U600 are the supply voltage inputs to three separate gain stages The supply voltage on pin 2 VS1 is switched by Q600 and limited to 12 volts by CR601 and R600 Switch Q600 is controlled by the same signal used to control 8V transmit switch Q505 Q504 see Section 3 12 1 The supply voltage applied to pins 3 and 4 VS2 VS3 is the unswitched battery from the power jack fed through R601 Therefore power is applied to these pins of U800 even when transceiver power is turned off The power control circuit senses transmitter current by monitoring the voltage drop across R601 The output signal on U600 pin 5 is then applied to Q651 30 watt models only With lower power models Q651 is not used Amplifier Q651 provides approximately 5 dB of gain The output impedance on U600 pin 5 is 50 ohms and it is
205. rar PART OF 95 M as 2 are Data K gt Sick ceos mae came vco a 1 w 33k D 2_ BUFFER AMPLIFIER peas E Iu H 5 ova av 4 EN i T A900 VCO MODULE 1 100 W maa R856 i a 1849 100 82 i E ps i i low 1 soure DO nass ru 190 Janos an T Tes lem I ap mas i pet ipee e TRA 1 mas e i T T ness 105 N pn i 100 je FE mm gt N SUMMING REF OSCILLATOR ouem 4 C A Z emo 1 i AMPLIFIER ces 0120 aue og m i E i 100 1907 usos pu H che aio 820 14 1 47 1 ps Ka P Es re T gt 47 N rese 190 care T m b 101 i 106 osaa 1302 Ot a 4 gt 100 i 4 dix OF 5 5 2V DC C842 1802 L N lm pm s E 1 5 5V REGULATOR SOURCE D A CONVERTER m 1K11800 pum m vou abe Fl ENS 10k 100 E cs 1 i BYPASS _ ee 18 POWER CONTROL T 5011 100 2204 25W POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD i ue PE lto cn gt E E i rd neus CURRENT gt L n 1 1 nans PST ipa is 068 r e 41 7 T 14 po ENNA SWITCH 4 om ES pe Xi R a 22 H
206. rcuit U804 The phase detector senses the phase and frequency difference between a highly stable signal from the reference oscillator fR and a frequency produced by dividing down the VCO signal fV When the signal from the VCO is the same as the refer ence frequency the VCO is on the correct frequency If the VCO derived signal is not the same the VCO control voltage increases or decreases to change the VCO frequency until they are the same The VCO is then locked on frequency The reference input fR to the phase detector is produced by dividing down the signal from reference oscillator U806 The fR input is 50 KHz for all UHF channels Therefore the reference divider in U804 divides the 14 850 MHz reference oscillator signal by 297 The TCXO frequency stability is 2 0 PPM so this is also the stability of the synthesizer and the second injection signal which is derived from the TCXO frequency The VCO derived input to the phase detector fV is the VCO frequency divided down by programmable dividers in synthesizer U804 The prescaler and main divider are programmed for each channel to produce an input frequency to the phase detector fV that is the same as the 50 kHz reference frequency fR when the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency Refer to Section 3 7 5 for more information on U804 operation 3 7 2 VOLTAGE CONTROLLED OSCILLATOR Introduction The VCO module is a separate assembly that is soldered directly
207. requency to be 5 or 8 times the channel spacing With 800 and 900 MHz channels modulo 8 is used to allow 6 25 kHz 12 5 kHz channel spacing The fV input is produced by dividing down the VCO frequency applied to the RF IN input The first divider which divides this signal is a prescaler which is a special counter capable of operating at relatively high frequencies The prescaler divides by 64 and 65 which reduces a signal in the 800 MHz range down to approximately 12 MHz For each main divider output pulse fV the prescaler divides by 65 for a certain number of pulses and then 64 for an additional number of pulses The number counted in each mode is deter mined by the programming of the and numbers The basic operation is as follows The main divider begins counting down from the number Then when zero is reached it begins counting down from the N number until zero is reached The cycle then repeats While it is counting down the A number the prescaler divides by 65 and while it is counting down the N number it divides by 64 To illustrate the operation of these dividers an example will be used Assume a transmit frequency of 813 4875 MHz is selected 800 MHz FCC channel 300 Since the VCO oscillates on the transmit frequency in the transmit mode this is the frequency that must be produced by the VCO To produce this frequency the N and divide numbers are programmed as follows
208. roducts systems and regulations The address is http www efjohnson com February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 GENERAL INFORMATION UHF 984x SPECIFICATIONS The following are general specifications intended for use in testing and servicing this transceiver For current advertised specifications refer to the specification sheet available from your sales representative Specifications are subject to change without notice Frequency Range Operating Modes Systems and Groups Selectable Mounting Location Transmit Receive Separation Channel Spacing Frequency Stability Dimensions Weight Power Requirement Current Drain FCC Compliance Sensitivity 12 dB SINAD Selectivity Spurious and Image Rejection Intermodulation Hum and Noise Maximum Frequency Spread Audio Power Output Audio Distortion Audio Response RF Input Impedance RF Power Output Spurious and Harmonic Emissions FM Hum and Noise Audio Modulation Audio Distortion Audio Frequency Response Maximum Frequency Spread RF Output Impedance Duty Cycle GENERAL 430 470 MHz and 470 512 MHz LTR trunked and Conventional non trunked Low Tier Up to 16 system group combinations High Tier Variable from 100 1 group systems up to 40 16 group systems Dash low tier Dash or Remote high tier Any frequency within the range 12 5 kHz 2 5 kHz maximum deviation 25 kHz 5 kHz maximum deviation 12 5 kHz or dual bandwidth models available 2 0 PPM fr
209. rom the QO and Q1 outputs pins 4 and 5 of shift register U800 Q803 and Q804 function as inverters and drivers When a PIN diode is forward biased it presents a very low impedance to RF signals Conversely when it is reverse biased it presents a very high impedance Forward biasing of PIN diode CR901 adds capac itance to the tank circuit which lowers its resonant frequency The diode is forward biased in the normal mode and reverse biased in the talk around mode both 800 and 900 MHz The logic levels on pins 3 and 4 of the VCO are as follows Pin 3 Pin 4 Normal Mode H 5 5V L 0V Talk Around Mode L 0V H 5 5V In the normal mode CR901 is forward biased by current flowing through R903 L905 CR901 and L902 Capacitors C907 and C912 are then effectively AC grounded through CR901 and C905 The control lines are isolated from tank circuit RF by L902 C903 L905 C906 C811 C812 C823 and C824 Frequency Control and Modulation Fine VCO frequency control is performed by varying the DC voltage across varactor diodes CR903 and CR904 coarse control is provided as described in the preceding description As the DC voltage applied across a reverse biased varactor diode increases its capacitance decreases Therefore the VCO frequency increases as the control voltage increases and vice versa The amount of frequency change produced by CR903 and CR904 is set by series capacitor C922 DC ground is provided by L908 and the co
210. rovides a stable bias current similar to Q200 described in Section 3 8 2 Tempera ture compensation is provided by CR206 which mirrors the voltage drop across the base emitter junc tion of Q204 Impedance matching on the output of mixer Q202 is provided at 45 MHz by L208 C251 and C252 The signal is then fed to Z204 which is a four pole crystal filter with a nominal 3 dB bandwidth of 15 kHz This filter attenuates wideband noise adjacent channels frequencies resulting from intermodulation and other undesired frequencies Impedance matching on the input is provided by C251 C252 C266 C268 and L213 impedance matching on the output is provided by C270 C271 C272 L215 and R228 3 8 4 SECOND MIXER DETECTOR U201 Second Mixer U201 contains second mixer IF amplifier detector RSSI and audio amplifier stages as shown in Figure 3 6 The 45 MHz IF signal is applied to pin 2 which is the input of an internal IF amplifier stage From the IF amplifier the signal is internally fed to the mixer which combines it with the 44 550 MHz second injection frequency to produce a second IF of 450 kHz February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF RECEIVER DESCRIPTION Figure 3 6 Limiter Detector U201 Block Diagram The 44 550 MHz injection frequency on pin 4 is produced by tripling the 14 850 MHz frequency of reference oscillator U806 To do this a portion of the reference oscillator signal is applied to Q207 whi
211. s 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 180 ohm 5 1 8W smd 15k ohm 5 1 8W smd 12k ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 900 MHz RF AND PA BOARDS CONT D 569 0115 431 Description 560 ohm 5 1 8W smd 33k ohm 5 1 8W smd 68k ohm 5 cer smd 27k ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 24k ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models Zero ohm jumper 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10 ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 15k ohm 5 1 8W smd 470k ohm 5 1 8W smd 100 ohm 5 1 8W smd 100k ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 47k ohm 5 1 8W smd 900 MHz models 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 47 ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 1 0k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 1 8W smd 4 7k ohm 5 1 8W smd 15 ohm 5 1 8W smd 800 MHz models 0 ohm jumper 900 MHz models 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 22k ohm 5 1 8W smd 10k ohm 5 thermistor Switch rotary and push FM IF system SA676DK Op amp dual 2904 Regulator 8V 0 7A 78M08 Regulator adjust 180 mA Power module 20W 870 MHz 800 MHz models PARTS LIST 569 0115 561 569 0105 333 569 0105 683 569 0105 273 569 0105 243 569 0105 001 569 0105 103 569 0105 103 569 0105 100 569 0105 103 569 0105 113 569 0105 101 569 0105 104 569 0105 473 569 0105 001 569 0105 223 569 0105 223
212. s CR601 and CR603 are PIN diodes like those in the receiver front end see Section 3 8 1 When a PIN diode is forward biased it presents a very low impedance Therefore the transmit signal has a low impedance path through CR601 to the directional coupler and C614 With CR603 also forward biased it effectively connects L606 to AC ground through C652 A parallel resonant circuit is then formed by L606 and C643 which presents a high impedance into the receiver for the transmit signal Further receiver isolation in the transmit mode is provided by a grounded quarter wave line This quarter wave line is formed by the section of micro strip connected to C650 C651 and another section on the RF board The receiver end of this quarter wave line is AC grounded by PIN diode CR200 on the RF board This diode is forward biased in the transmit mode by the 8 volt transmit supply applied through R200 When one end of a quarter wave line is grounded the other end presents a high impedance to the quarter wave frequency the transmit frequency band in this case C650 and C651 on the PA board provide impedance matching In the receive mode all three PIN diodes are reverse biased Therefore CR601 presents a high impedance into the transmitter for the receive signal L606 presents a low impedance because it is no longer resonant and the quarter wave line presents a low impedance because it is no longer grounded by CR200 February 2001 Part No 001 980
213. s current of Q201 is fixed at a constant level by Q200 The collector current of Q201 flows through R207 The voltage drop across that resistor and therefore the current is set by R205 and R206 For example if current through R207 attempts to increase the emitter voltage of Q200 decreases Q200 then conducts less and turns Q201 off slightly to main tain a constant bias current This provides a stable bias over changes in temperature The output signal of Q201 is fed to another two pole bandpass filter similar to the one on the input of Q201 as described in the preceding section Imped ance matching with the filter is provided by L203 C227 C228 C234 and C235 Resistor R209 lowers the Q of L203 to make it less frequency selective C222 C226 decouple various unwanted AC signals from the circuit 3 8 3 FIRST MIXER Q202 INJECTION AMPLIFIER Q204 Q202 is a dual gate MOSFET mixer Impedance matching at one gate is provided by C245 R214 and L207 The first injection frequency from the synthe sizer is applied to the other gate Since the first IF is 45 MHz and low side injection is used the injection frequency is 45 MHz below the receive frequency The signal from the synthesizer is amplified by Q204 A 3 dB pad on the output consisting of R225 R227 sets the input level to the mixer low pass filter network formed by C262 C264 and L211 attenu ates spurious frequencies occurring above the injection frequency band Q203 p
214. s module cannot be repaired One reason for this is that the center frequency is set by laser tuning ceramic resonator L101 UHF or L907 800 900 MHZ and cannot be readjusted if it changes as a result of changing a part In addition the VCO has a ceramic substrate that can easily be damaged by excessive heat It is also recommended that modules that have been removed using a standard soldering iron not be reused Perform the following checks on the VCO module to determine if it is defective Supply Voltage The supply voltage at pin 15 should be 5 0 VDC UHF or 7 0 VDC 800 900 MHz Output Level The output level on pins 1 or 2 can be measured with an RF voltmeter or some other type of high impedance meter The typical output level at these points should be 0 dBm Control Voltage Check the DC voltage on pin 7 with a channel near the middle of the band selected If the VCO is locked on frequency it should be a steady voltage between 1 1 and 5 2 volts If it is not locked on frequency it should be near the lower 1 1 V or upper 5 2 V end of its range Frequency Shift Inputs The pin shift signals on pins 4 and 3 should be as follows L OV H 5V SERVICING Mode Shift 1 Shift 2 Pin 4 Pin 3 UHF MODELS Rx Mode 430 449 MHz L L 449 470 MHz H L 470 491 MHz L L 491 512 MHz H L Tx Mode 430 449 MHz L H 449 470 MHz H H 470 491 MHz L H 491 512 MHz H Normal Mode H L Talk around Mode L H Frequency If
215. s not possible to adjust this frequency if it changes as the result of changing a part For these reasons the VCO is considered not field serviceable Oscillator Q902 The VCO is formed by bipolar transistor Q902 ceramic resonator L907 and several capacitors and varactor diodes It oscillates at the transmit frequency in the transmit mode and 52 950 800 MHz or 45 MHz 900 MHz below the receive frequency in the receive mode the first injection frequency Biasing of Q902 is provided by R906 and R908 and stabilization is provided by R912 Inductor L906 functions as an RF choke and C924 is an AC bypass capacitor An AC voltage divider formed by C913 C917 and C921 starts and maintains oscillation and matches Q902 to the tank circuit The tank circuit consists of laser tuned inductor L907 varactor diodes CR902 CR904 and several capacitors Inductor L907 is laser trimmed to set the February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION 800 900 MHz SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION 219 027 2150 219 027 150 ZHW 219 027 ZH 215 049 6080 0180 adwy TN 1114 puoo9S 9050 Loan 77080 Ag VV 20980 youms euuejuy PV esueg 19M0d queuing JOMOd 041UOO 1912X3 Jejdno5 jeuonoeuiq 191114
216. s the connector that interfaces with the data equipment so it must be user supplied and installed Installation of this cable is described in Section 2 7 Compandor and Encryption Kits The compandor kit includes a board assembly that installs in the option wire outs on the audio logic board to provide companding Likewise the encryption kit includes a board assembly that connects to the other option wire outs on the audio logic board Contact your sales representative for more information on available encryption options GENERAL INFORMATION Desktop Accessories The 113 and 213 power supplies include a pedestal for mounting the trans ceiver and also include an internal speaker The wedge mounting pedestal includes a 10 ft power cable Also required when this pedestal is used is one of the power supplies and the 010 low profile mounting bracket Programming Accessories This RPI has design enhancements required for Flash programming the 9800 series transceivers It also has jacks for injecting a microphone audio signal and monitoring receive audio when aligning the transceiver Earlier RPIs such as 023 9750 000 and 023 5810 000 can be used to program personality information if desired 1 6 PRODUCT WARRANTY The warranty statement for this transceiver is available from your product supplier or from the Warranty Department E F Johnson Company 299 Johnson Avenue P O Box 1249 Waseca MN 56093 0514 This information may al
217. smd 10 uF 16V tantalum smd 10 uF 16V tantalum smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 pF X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 uP X7R 410 50V cer smd 1 UF X7R 10 50V cer smd 1 UF X7R 10 50V cer smd 0012 uF X7R 10 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 0012 uF X7R 10 cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 033 uF X7R 410 50V cer smd 1 pF X7R 410 50V cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 0033 uF X7R 10 50V smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 4 7 uF 20V tantalum smd 0022 uF X7R 10 50V smd 820 pF NPO 5 SOV cer smd 039 uF X7R 410 50V cer smd uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 4 7 uF 10V tantalum smd 0018 uF X7R 10 50V cer smd uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 01 uF X7R 10 SOV cer smd 1 0 pF 35V tantalum smd 680 pF 5 NPO SOV cer smd 047 X7R 10 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 20V tantalum smd 047 X7R 10 50V cer smd 4 7 uF 20V tantalum smd 047 X7R 410 50V cer smd 220 25V electrolytic 1 UF X7R 410 50V cer smd 1 0 uF 35V tantalum smd Part No PARTS LIST 510 3601 471 510 3605 103 510 2625 100 510 3601 821 510 3605 393 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 2624 479 510 3605 182 510 3605 103 510 3605 103 510 2628 109 510 3601 681 510 3605 473 510 2626 479 510 3605 473 510 2626 479 510 3605 473 510 4425 221 510 3606 104 510 2628 109 February 2001 001
218. so be requested from the Warranty Department by phone as described in Section 1 7 The Warranty Department may also be contacted for Warranty Service Reports claim forms or any other questions concerning warranties or warranty service 1 7 FACTORY CUSTOMER SERVICE The Customer Service Department of the E F Johnson Company provides customer assistance on technical problems and the availability of local and factory repair facilities Regular Customer Service hours are 7 30 a m 5 30 p m Central Time Monday Friday The Customer Service Department can be reached at the following telephone numbers Toll Free 1 800 328 3911 From within continental United States only International 507 835 6911 FAX 507 835 6969 E Mail First Initial Last Name efjohnson com You need to know the name of the person you want to reach Example jsmith amp efjohnson com NOTE Emergency 24 hour technical support is also available at the 800 and preceding numbers during off hours holidays and weekends February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 When your call is answered you will hear a brief message informing you of numbers that can be entered to reach various departments This number may be entered during or after the message using a tone type telephone When you enter some numbers another number is requested to further categorize the type of information you need You may also contact the Customer Service Department by mail Please includ
219. spacer 6 32 x 3 8 SN SZ Washer flat 8 SN SZ Washer insulating 6 SN SZ Screw 2 56 x 3 16 SN SZ Washer 438 x 274 x 030 Spanner nut 3 8 x 7mm Screw 2 28 x 1 4 ph phil cps Connector housing 2 pin speaker jack Connector 12 pin display boards Connector 12 pin display harness Modular jack 8 pin spec mic jack Connector 12 pin interface bd Connector 12 pin display harness Connector 20 pin interface bd Connector housing 2 pin spkr jk Speaker 3 x 2 8 ohm Chassis metal 800 900 MHz Chassis metal UHF Display cover remote head Speaker box bracket 1 4 in coil shield Cable housing remote head PARTS LIST Part No 537 2501 031 596 1104 008 575 0006 010 574 5100 116 575 0604 008 017 2226 026 574 3001 038 574 3001 039 575 1606 008 596 1306 008 537 9047 106 596 2408 012 596 4406 010 575 1602 006 596 9410 010 515 9031 281 515 7111 287 017 2227 051 017 2226 024 578 0003 001 017 2227 053 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 FRONT PANEL ASSEMBLY AND MECHANICAL PARTS CONT D Description TO 220 clip Speaker plate remote head Foam mounting pad Mounting bracket 98xx Acoustic insert Low pass filter shield Foam mounting pad remote head RF shield PA cavity except following RF shield PA cavity 430 470 MHz low power only Cover top Cover bottom Insulator under RF bd Alum clad foam shield on cover Alum clad foam pad
220. t Panel 1 On Off Sw Latch From Shift Reg U801 From Latch U112 A L Bd Regulator 8V Tx Switch 5 5V Regulator Tier Only 5V High Interface Board F100 C 2A Sw Bat Audio Logic Board RF Board Interface Board High Tier Only Power Switch Ignition On Sense To uC Pin 60 Front Panel On Off Sw Low Tier Only From Ignition Switch This Resistor Installed If Ignition Sense Not Connected Sense Power Hold From Shift Reg U111 Q7 Figure 3 2 Power On Off Control Circuit filtering of the 13 6 volt supply The emitter of Q513 is biased at about 4 5 volts by R538 and R542 with a battery voltage of 13 6 volts CR504 mirrors the base emitter voltage of Q513 and the voltage across R541 is the same as the voltage across R542 when the voltage applied to R536 is approximately 12 8 volts Noise pulses less than 1 6 volt P P then do not appear on the output of Q510 because of the emitter Supply Switching Sw Bat Circuit Note Arrows Indicate Signal Flow voltage filtering provided by C565 This reduces the amount of noise applied to circuits powered by the switched 13 6 volt supply such as audio power ampli fier U306 Additional filtering of the switched and unswitched battery supplies is provided by C548 C553 Resistor R534 turns Q514 off when power is turned off February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION AUDI
221. t panel using the test mode and also different power levels to be programmed for each system In addition it allows the microcontroller to cut back power when power ampli fier temperature or transceiver voltage is excessive as just described in Section 3 12 4 U500A Q500 Q502 Operation U500A is a differential amplifier which ampli fies the difference between the reference voltage on pin 3 and the forward power signal on pin 2 The forward power signal from the directional coupler is a DC signal that increases in proportion to forward power The reference input is a DC voltage from the D A converter formed by shift register U801 and several resistors This stage is similar to U305 described in Section 3 4 4 and programming of U801 is described in Section 3 10 9 This reference voltage effectively sets the power output of the transmitter The turn on time of 500 is controlled by the time constant of C502 and R508 Negative AC feed back to prevent oscillation is also provided by C502 This circuit operates as follows Assume the output power attempts to increase The DC voltage applied to U500A pin 2 then increases which causes the output voltage on pin 1 to decrease Transistors Q502 and Q500 then turn off slightly which decreases the supply voltage to driver Q507 The output power then decreases to maintain a constant power output R510 and R513 limit the voltage gain of Q500 and Q503 to approximately two Delayed PTT Tr
222. ta to send on the SPI bus described previously PA3 Input from the Option 1 pin of modem connector J301 4 5 Transmit LTR Call Guard data output These two outputs are used to create a pseudo sine wave signal See Section 3 5 4 for more information PA6 Output for supervisory tones generated by the microcontroller such as busy and out of range PA7 Input from the squelch circuit see Section 3 4 4 When the received signal strength increases to the sguelch threshold level this input goes high The microcontroller uses this information to determine when receive data is valid and to control audio muting 3 3 2 MEMORY AND LATCH PROGRAMMING RAM U107 When a data read or write to U107 occurs the location in U107 is selected by address lines A0 A 12 and the data appears on data bus lines DO D7 Chip select is performed by pulling the input pin 20 low The CE2 input is always pulled high by R114 The A13 and A14 address lines can be connected by changing jumpers if a 16K or 32K part is required Data is read from U107 by pulling the OE input pin 22 low Likewise data is written by pulling the WE input pin 27 low See the U104 description which follows for more information Flash EPROM U108 As described in Section 3 3 1 U108 can store up to 128K bytes of data The memory space is arranged as 32K of common code space and twelve 8K blocks of bank code space The A15 line of the microcon troller d
223. ted This bypasses R403 which provides a higher deviation level with those channels NOTE If the wideband data input is used the external device must provide FCC approved modulation limiting and splatter filter circuitry and a stable DC level The output signal from U303D is then routed via the option wireouts to U303A which provides limiting and 6 dB per octave pre emphasis This stage is an amplifier which limits by saturating Limiting prevents over modulation caused by high level input signals R370 and R378 set the input level to the next stage and C334 provides DC blocking 3 5 3 SPLATTER FILTER U302B U302C U302B and U302C form a five pole low pass splatter filter which attenuates frequencies above 3 kHz This prevents adjacent channel interference Frequencies over 3 kHz may be produced if limiting occurs in the limiter stage just described The signal is then fed to digital potentiometer U802 on the RF board which sets the deviation level Refer to Section 3 7 4 for more information 3 5 4 TRANSMIT DATA CIRCUIT U302D U302A The transmit LTR data and Call Guard tone data signals are generated by the microcontroller on pins 37 and 38 The four logic combinations possible with these two outputs are applied to a resistor network consisting of R389 R392 R386 and R395 This network creates a four step pseudo sine wave from the digital outputs This signal is applied to a low pass filter formed by U302D and U302A This f
224. tor on pin 1 and also to a potentiometer on pin 19 of U802 The output on pin 18 of U802 is applied to the VCO on pin 5 This modulates both the reference oscillator and VCO and the potentiometer in U802 adjusts the balance of these signals 3 7 5 SYNTHESIZER INTEGRATED CIRCUIT U804 Introduction A block diagram of synthesizer IC U804 is shown in Figure 3 5 This integrated circuit contains the following stages The basic operation of U804 is described in Section 3 7 1 Reference divider Main divider Prescaler 264 65 Phase and lock detectors Charge pump and divider programming circuitry Channel Programming Channels are selected by programming the main divider in U804 to divide by a certain number This programming is performed by the microcontroller over the SPI serial data bus which consists of CLOCK DATA and STROBE lines see Section 3 3 1 As previously described this divider is programmed so that when the VCO is oscillating on the correct frequency the fR and fV inputs to the phase detector are the same frequency February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 CIRCUIT DESCRIPTION UHF SYNTHESIZER DESCRIPTION Operation As stated in Section 3 7 1 the fR input to the main phase detector is 50 kHz for all channels either 6 25 or 10 kHz channel spacing The 14 850 MHz reference oscillator frequency is divided by 297 to produce this signal Fractional N division with modulo 5 or 8 selection allows the
225. ttenuation levels are selected by gate U307D similar to gate U307B described in Section 3 4 1 When wideband 25 kHz channels are selected the control input pin 12 of U307D is high and R317 is effectively shorted which increases gain The gain of U300D is approximately 3 with wideband channels and 2 with narrow band channels This compensates for excess amplification of the data signal in the narrowband mode by U301B The CR301 diodes charge and discharge C309 to establish a DC reference on pin 2 of comparator U300A This reference voltage is the average of the positive and negative alternations of the data signal When pin 3 of U300A rises above the reference on pin 2 the output goes high 8 volts and vice versa Voltage divider R304 R311 provides the 5 volt level required by the microcontroller 3 4 4 SQUELCH CIRCUIT U304A U304B The microcontroller uses the output from the squelch circuit and also the RSSI output of the limiter detector see Section 3 8 4 to determine when to mute and unmute the receive audio and also when valid data may be present The squelch circuit is controlled by the amount of noise present in the receive audio signal When no signal or a weak signal is being received there is a large amount of noise present Conversely when a strong signal is received there is very little noise present The receive audio data and noise signal from amplifier U301B is applied to a bandpass filter and amplifier forme
226. ut of the transmitter The power control circuit senses forward power to control power output The current to final amplifier Q601 is also sensed but it affects power output only if it becomes excessive Gradual power shutdown then occurs The power output level is set in 127 steps by D A converter U801 that is controlled by the microcon troller This allows power to be adjusted from the front panel using the test mode and also different power levels to be programmed for each system In addition it allows the microcontroller to cut back power when power amplifier temperature is excessive as just described U500A Q500 Q502 Operation The forward power signal from the directional coupler is applied to pin 2 of amplifier U500A This is a DC signal that increases in proportion to forward power The other input to U500A is a DC voltage from a D A converter formed by shift register U801 and several resistors This stage is similar in design to D A converter U305 described in Section 3 4 4 Program ming of U801 is described in Section 3 7 8 The voltage from this D A converter sets the reference voltage on pin 3 which sets the power output of the transmitter U500A is a difference amplifier which amplifies the difference between the reference voltage on pin 3 and the forward power signal on pin 3 The turn on time of U500A is controlled by the time constant of C502 and R508 Negative AC feedback to prevent oscillation is also provided by
227. va nye m 1 cns E T lern oc m 11 one N i p N Y ST H E Em gt Qmm S 100 mm i Ti Wideband Data in A LM2904 E 19 REF IN lt 10 10 mem 2 Zw Mm uos Y one pm i lo Ds ook ov EA on i 4 TO 4902 ON gt SYNTH STROBE BOARD gt SSTROBE py i 15 iue Bara 18liock C835 C836 Deade p v i fepe ue re i apene 3 ie i t 1 1 EN no Te Tp odotus G SMET REGISTER G i REGULATOR source BA CONVERTER i pat iN s pa aay i misto G R505 vou cra cup i le j alex m E cue E 2 AX 100 C 1 ora 42 8608 i BYPASS P 1509 7 POWERCONTROL 25W POWER AMPLIFIER BOARD m m G AT i prs im 1 10k T 1 cnn DH gt osre POTI aasan uad 12 1k SENSE om H R501 P lt n 0643 C655 m d 10k HOT 217p OUT i i rena 1 vw ag C603 i 093 om om 100 F H tk A no TR 1 11 i ae BAT 1 V H bet DIRECTIONAL 1 i Prom Pao D XR COUPLER 9 138 ss 129 26TX tk 3 SUPPLY V MINUS 24V 8608 1803 E 1602 1
228. y R115 and C105 attenuate noise present in the 5 volt supply applied to VRH PE0 RSSI Receive Signal Strength Indicator input from limiter detector U201 in the receiver This signal is used along with the squelch signal to determine when valid data may be present and when to unmute the receive audio PEI Battery voltage input The switched 13 6 volt supply is divided down by R161 and R168 to provide a 0 5 volt input If the battery voltage is excessively high the transmitter is disabled PE2 Power amplifier temperature input from ther mistor R601 on the PA board The DC voltage of this signal decreases as temperature increases PE3 Lock detect input from synthesizer IC U804 If this signal is high near 5 volts the synthesizer is locked on frequency see Section 3 7 6 PEA Power switch sense input This input is high when the power switch is on and low when it is off When the off condition is sensed the microcontroller saves the current settings and then powers down the transceiver by turning Q110 off see Section 3 2 1 PES Ignition switch sense input This input is low when the ignition switch is on and high when it is off The microcontroller senses the ignition switch to control such features as the power off delay and horn alert PE6 This input senses the voltage on the IN2 pin of data modem connector J301 and Option 2 slot wire out W311 PE7 This input senses the voltage on the IN3 pin of Option 1
229. zener SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 18V zener SOT 23 18V zener SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 5 6V zener SOT 23 Dual sw diode SOT 23 Dual sw diode SOT 23 early versions Switching diode SOT 23 later versions w separate diodes 3 3V zener SOT 23 early versions Switching diode SOT 23 later versions 18V zener SOT 23 Switching diode SOT 23 Dual diodes com anodes 3 3V zener SOT 23 later versions LED green LED red Fuse 2 0 A smd Fuse 0 6A smd Connector 20 pin Connector 6 pin male Connector 13 pin male Connector 20 pin female 3 6mm spkr jack enclosed Modular jack 8 pin spec mic jk Isodamp foam Shim substrate PARTS LIST 549 4003 011 549 4003 012 534 5001 009 534 5001 002 515 7111 286 515 7111 255 515 7111 262 515 2001 011 515 2006 040 018 1132 019 010 0345 450 February 2001 Part No 001 9800 001 Description PC board audio logic N channel MOSFET DPAK NPN general purpose NPN general purpose PNP low noise amp NPN digital w resistors PNP low noise amp NPN digital w resistors PNP low noise amp NPN general purpose NPN general purpose NPN general purpose NPN digital w resistors NPN general purpose NPN general purpose NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors NPN general purpose NPN digital w resistors NPN digital w resistors 1 0k ohm 5

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

Samsung SM-R750 Наръчник за потребителя  VIRUMAR CLIM PAMPLEMOUSSE PAE  PDFで記事を表示（約1.19MB）  User Manual Handshake Mechanism Hilscher Gesellschaft für  PDF:792KB/4ページ  USER GUIDE (USR) - Douglas College Research  第3章 工業化学分野 - 大阪府教育センター  Télécharger le bulletin d`inscription  VPKプログレシッブ分配器 0901d196800d21bb  norme européenne - MYSA installation de porte et portail automatique  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file